Home Blog

Payday Loans vs. Bank Loans

0
Payday Loans vs. Bank Loans

You may think that payday loans and bank loans are the same thing, but they are very different. Both are viable options if you need financing for the purchase, but you should consider all of your options before making a decision.

Payday loans and personal loans differ mainly in three ways: how much you can borrow, how much interest they charge, and how long you have to pay them back. Compared to bank loans, payday loans offer smaller loan amounts, higher interest rates, and shorter repayment terms.

WHAT IS A PERSONAL LOAN?

This is a high interest rate unsecured loan which is especially useful in times of need. Borrowers repay the loan amount when they receive their next salary or other source of income after loan approval. Because payday loans are designed specifically for working professionals, they are very beneficial. You can use your loan for anything you want by purchasing moped and moped insurance.

Personal loans can be used by salaried professionals even if they have exhausted their salary at the beginning of the month. Despite their high interest rates, payday loans are an attractive option. Paying rent, EMIs, and living expenses are common uses for these loans.

WHAT IS A PERSONAL LOAN OR A COMMON BANK LOAN?

The purpose of a personal loan is to cover expenses such as weddings, renovations and vacations. The loan amount can be spent as the borrower wishes. Based on the borrower’s credit rating and ability to repay the loan, the loan is approved. A fixed monthly payment plan is generally used to repay the loan. A bank’s interest rate on a personal loan varies.

WHAT ARE THE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN PERSONAL LOANS AND PAYDAY LOANS?

Here are the main differences between the two types of loans:

Time based rates. Variable rate personal loans reduce interest over time because you can only pay interest on the outstanding loan amount, while payday loans increase interest over time. The interest rate on a fixed rate personal loan remains the same for the entire term of the loan.

Fees and interest. Interest rates on personal loans range from 6% to 23% per annum. For loans over £2,000, payday loans have an interest rate of 48% but can charge up to 20%. The actual cost of the loan can therefore be extremely high.

The cost. A payday lender may charge you several things, whereas a personal loan is usually fixed and secured by your assets.

COMPARISON OF PERSONNEL LOANS AND PERSONAL LOANS

Personal loans and payday loans mainly differ in their terms. The duration of a personal loan is generally less than one month, while that of a personal loan is at least two years.

As a debt consolidation loan or to pay for an emergency, personal loans have a lower interest rate than payday loans. The maximum amount for payday loans is usually less than £500. Depending on the company, you can borrow up to £100,000.

A personal loan is much easier to obtain than a personal loan. A payday loan store can provide you with a loan within 30 minutes if you stop. Processing a personal loan can take a few days.

Only personal loans appear on your credit report, a lesser-known difference between payday loans and personal loans. Your credit score will increase if you take out a personal loan and make payments on time. You can qualify for better loans and interest rates in the future if you do.

As with payday loans, personal loans are often unsecured, so no property or assets back them. You cannot be seized by the lender if you default on a payday loan or personal loan.

Personal loans are always more expensive than personal loans if you have the choice between the two. Consider other options if you don’t qualify for a personal loan.

Does your boss allow you to ask for overtime or sign up for a side job? Is it possible to borrow money from family or friends? Such alternatives are better – and cheaper – than payday loans.

Can tourism in Nepal overcome the realities of the consequences of COVID and the ongoing global recession?

0

As businesses around the world grapple with the impact of the COVID pandemic, it looks like adventure tourism is rebounding. Many people have been confined to their own countries for more than two years, so there has been a welcome rush to tourist destinations this summer. Just look at the chaos of airports to see the proof. And it looks like adventure tourism in Nepal is also about to make a big comeback.

According to the Nepal Tourism Board (NTB), 473,563 tourists visited Nepal in the first 10 months of 2022, compared to 230,085 in 2020 and 150,962 in 2021. Although the figures for 2022 have not yet reached pre-pandemic levels, that’s good news. for tourism in Nepal.

Mountaineering is the main source of income.

Mountaineering provides a huge income to this developing nation, so it is a relief to see this sector thriving again. According to the Ministry of Tourism, 560 climbers, including Sherpas, have successfully climbed Mount Everest this season. With 425 foreign climbers, hailing from 59 countries, paying US$11,000 in royalties per person to climb the world’s tallest mountain and accompanying Sherpas paying US$650 per person, this injected much needed funds into the climbing industry. and tourism. It should be noted that climbing groups have braved not only COVID, but the mountains themselves to pursue their passion throughout the pandemic. It must also be said that scaling Everest is not for the faint-hearted at any time, and success is not guaranteed. Three people have died climbing Everest this season: a foreign climber and two Nepalese. Although death on Everest is not unheard of, with modern equipment and improved skills, it should be noted that deaths on Mount Everest are decreasing. For those who want to know more, you can consult

Not everyone who travels to Nepal is a mountaineer. Many tourists come for trekking, which is more affordable and within reach of almost everyone in terms of physical condition and budget. There are many trails across the country, from one-day hikes and three- or four-day treks to longer routes that involve staying in basic accommodation or tents.

To this day, the hiking trails around Mount Everest remain some of the most popular, with the Everest Base Camp Trek being very popular. This trek follows the route taken by mountaineers from flying to Lukla, one of the highest airports in the world, visiting Namche Bazaar, the market town in the heart of the Sherpa homeland to reaching the base camp of the Everest and the magnificent Kalapatthar ridge from where the views of Everest are even more stunning.

The likes of Everest Base Camp Trek first attract adventurers to Nepal, and they often return to experience other treks. More recently, helicopter tours have taken visitors directly to Everest and other places without the need to walk for days. With all these treks, circuits and adventures waiting for you, why shouldn’t Nepalese tourism get back in shape? You can find Everest Base Camp Trek answers and details here. You can also search for other tours to suit your vacation style on the same site.

Recovery yes, but still a long way to go

After experiencing a marked upturn in tourism this year, it is true that there is still a long way to go for the tourist section of Nepal to fully recover. In October, 88,582 tourists arrived by air. This is a 62% drop from October 2019. And things are still slowing down in the hospitality industry. The Senior Vice President of the Hotel Association of Nepal, Mr. Binayak Shah, says the average hotel occupancy rate is only 25%. But with many inquiries for upcoming tourist seasons, things are definitely in place.

There has been an increase in the number of Indian and Bangladeshi tourists, Shah says, which signals a positive note, especially since visitors from neighboring countries tend to come all year round and not just during “tourist seasons”. » traditional spring and autumn. With the majority of arrivals from SAARC countries and Europe, those most conspicuous by their absence are Chinese visitors. While parts of China are still in lockdown and strict travel restrictions are enforced, tourism awaits their return.

While the tourism sector hopes that more people will travel due to the reduction in the number of COVID cases and the increase in the number of people vaccinated, the economy must also be taken into account. How governments handle recessions, fuel shortages and other spending this winter will impact the tourism sector next year. We can only hope for the best.

Disclaimer: This article is a paid publication and does not involve any journalistic/editorial involvement of the Hindustan Times. Hindustan Times does not endorse/endorse the content(s) of the article/advertisement and/or opinions expressed herein. Hindustan Times shall not be in any way responsible and/or liable in any way whatsoever for anything stated in the article and/or also with respect to the view(s), opinion(s) ), announcement(s), statement(s), affirmation(s) etc., stated/presented in the same.

Catch all the trade news, market news, breaking news and latest updates on Live Mint. Download the Mint News app to get daily market updates.

More less

Kashmiri Pandits demand committee under Amit Shah for massive rehabilitation in Kashmir

0

PTI, November 13, 2022, 08:15 IST

Kashmiri Pandit groups demonstrate in New Delhi (Image credit: PTI)

Jammu: Kashmiri Pandit groups continued their months-long protest on Saturday here against the government over the selected killings of their members, and demanded the formation of a committee under Union Home Minister Amit Shah to “formulate and implement” their rehabilitation.

The Kashmiri Pandit Sabha (KPS) has threatened to intensify its agitation, if the government continues to threaten to withhold salaries from KP employees and force them back to the valley, where they face death threats from terrorists.

The agitation of KP employees, who were stationed in the valley as part of the PM employment package, entered its 182nd day on Saturday. The protesters said it was high time for the Union government led by Narendra Modi to bring back to the valley all the Hindu community of Kashmir living as refugees in various parts of the country and rehabilitate them with “security, l ‘honor and dignity’.

Youth All India Kashmiri Samaj chairman, RK Bhat, and many other community members shouted slogans and staged protests near the town’s press club. The demonstrators carried placards reading ‘we are refugees in our own country’, ‘The struggle for existence continues’, ‘I am a Kashmiri pandit, I love my identity’ and ‘The soul of the exiled KP” as they pressed for their demands.

“It is the right time for the central government to announce a comprehensive program for the return and rehabilitation of Kashmiri Pandits in the valley,” Bhat told reporters here.

He said the whole community should be rehabilitated in the valley with the employees as part of a “return and rehabilitation plan”, not just the employees alone. “We demand the establishment of a supreme committee headed by the Union Home Secretary for the formulation of a comprehensive roadmap on how the KPs will return and be rehabilitated in the valley,” he said. said Bhat.

He said it will be a real tribute to the “martyrs of KP”.

The protesters criticized the current and previous government for their failure to recruit 6,000 KP as planned under the prime minister’s special job over the years. Bhat said the government should improve the package to employ 15,000 KP youths.

He also alleged that the Kashmiri Pandit rehabilitation program announced by the Center a few years ago was “eyewash”. “We urge the government to restructure, redesign and revise this package by immediately holding appropriate dialogue with its organizations and representatives as a confidence-building measure,” he said.

KP employees stationed in the valley have been protesting for more than six months to demand their transfer from the valley to Jammu following the targeted killings. At the same time, the demonstrators demanded the massive return of KPs from all over the valley where they could live in a secure environment.

The Kashmiri Pandit Sabha, who held a meeting here under the chairmanship of his leader KK Khosa, slammed the LG administration for its “insensitive and shocking attitude” and the KP employees who were wringing their arms to return to the work.

“While the UT government is well aware that it has failed to provide security, and also to create a pleasant environment in the valley where Kashmiri Pandits and other minorities could live and work without any fear, such repressive measures and a rigid attitude will be resisted by minorities in general and the KP community in particular,” Khosa said.

“The relentless targeted killings of minorities, including Kashmiri Pandits, especially following the repeal of Sections 370 and 35A, is a stark reality and denial of the undercurrents will further complicate the situation in Kashmir” , did he declare.

Khosa said there is a complete disconnect in the valley between the people and the administration, including even among the KPs who have lived there for three decades. “May normality return to the valley so that these employees feel confident and safe again.

“The UT government needs to understand that it has been providing its service to the valley with dedication for more than a decade and it is only now that conditions in the valley have deteriorated,” he added. .

The electoral hubbub gives hope for a revival in Tatopani

0

Party workers have energized Tatopani with marches and rallies ahead of election day, raising hopes among residents that the city’s old vibrancy will return.

Once a hotspot for transit trade on the northern border with China, Tatopani has lain abandoned since the 2015 earthquake destroyed infrastructure and trans-Himalayan trade came to a standstill.

The electoral campaign revolves around a platform: to revive the glory of Tatopani.

Tatopani has an illustrious history as the starting point of the legendary caravan route to Tibet; and in its modern avatar, the border town handled most of Nepal’s overland trade with China.

The 2015 earthquake was just the beginning of Tatopani’s descent into insignificance. It faces myriad problems like recurring dry landslides, deserted and crumbling markets, half-destroyed houses, and terrible roads.

Traders and residents have no idea when the international border will open or close.

“In the 2017 elections, we vowed to vote for the candidate who promised to open the border,” said Sunmaya Tamang of Bhotekoshi Rural Municipality.

“There is no proper checkpoint for the public. The existing infrastructure is in poor condition. The situation has not changed in the last five years.

Immigration staff and security personnel deployed at the border checkpoint live in a dilapidated building.

The national flag of Nepal which was planted at the ruined gate of Araniko under Liping Rock is about to fall. Other infrastructure in the border area is disintegrating.

“Political leaders are back with the same promises in their manifestos,” Tamang said.

Before the earthquake, when the border town was buzzing with the constant flow of trade, foreign tourists and Nepalese visitors thronged the shops lured by their cheap wares.

The government used to raise billions of dollars in revenue. Long lines of container trucks arrived in Tatopani from China, providing jobs for hundreds. Dozens of hotels and restaurants came to serve the growing population.

Locals have lost hope that Tatopani will ever see its former bustle again.

Agni Prasad Sapkota, incumbent chairman of the Maoist party, and former minister Mohan Bahadur Basnet of the Nepalese Congress were the main contenders for Sindhupalchok-1 in the 2017 elections.

Sapkota, which received backing from UML, had promised a redesign of Tatopani as its primary goal. He got 40,000 votes and beat Basnet.

“Sapkota became Speaker of the House and Basnet became Minister of Information and Communication. But they never solved the problem at the border,” Tamang said.

Hundreds of people have lost their jobs, the market is dead. Instead of trying to revive trade through Tatopani, the Chinese government has opened another border transit point at Kerung further west. Tatopani then virtually closed, according to locals.

Sapkota is not contesting the election this time.

Maoist party leader Madhav Sapkota and former UML provincial minister Saresh Nepal are vying for a seat in the House of Representatives.

Former Minister Sher Bahadur Tamang competes with Basnet at Sindhupalchok-2.

Madhav Sapkota, a new face, and Nepal are making big promises to voters, and major items on the agenda include returning the Tatopani border to its former glory.

A week ago, Sapkota, who reached Tatopani with senior government officials and political leaders, held a mass meeting and assured residents that he would take the initiative to fully open the border.

“Many ministers and government officials failed to keep their promises when they were in power. We have no hope that the new ones will keep their promises either after winning the elections,” said Salden Sherpa, a local shopkeeper .

“That’s why locals aren’t very enthusiastic about the elections.”

But Sherpa thinks the new faces will do something.

China, on its side of the border, has almost completed the infrastructure required for an international border. On the Nepal side, everything seems deserted.

China is working fast as it has prepared a 7 km road between Miteri Bridge and Khasa and built other technical infrastructure.

There are 20 to 25 half-destroyed and dilapidated houses in Liping Bazaar. Nobody lives there. Three families live near Liping Bridge.

Since the 2015 earthquake and the 2016 Bhotekoshi flood, heavy landslides have continued to occur along the border. A 26 km section of the Kodari highway that was damaged by the floods has not been fully repaired.

Before the earthquake, more than 50,000 foreign tourists flocked to Tatopani every year.

More than 40,000 Chinese tourists entered Nepal through the Tatopani road. After the closure of the Tatopani border, Indian pilgrims could not visit Kailash Mansarovar in Tibet.

The number of domestic tourists who came to bathe in the hot springs and shop in Khasa has plunged to an all-time low.

Suku Sherpa, a ward member of Bhotekoshi-4 Rural Municipality, said that due to government negligence, there is only one-way traffic at the border.

Chinese authorities allow goods to pass through Nepal but prohibit Nepalese exports to China.

There is no adequate infrastructure for immigration officers, armed police force personnel and Nepalese police at the international border post.

“The government has completely ignored Tatopani. The Rural Municipality’s budget is nominal. We alone cannot do anything,” the ward member said.

The Tatopani border was opened to goods traffic four years after the 2015 earthquake. When Covid-19 hit, the border was completely closed again.

The border closure has tied up 1,400 freight containers, 2,800 drivers and 5,000 workers.

“Due to the shorter distance to Kathmandu, traders prefer Tatopani trading point for importing and exporting goods. But there are frequent issues that impede smooth functioning of the border,” trader Dorje Lama said.

“As China only allows a few containers at a time to cross the northern border into Nepal, it has taken months for shipments of ready-made products and other products worth millions to arrive. in Kathmandu during the previous Dashain,” Lama said.

Traders said that due to the hassle of importing goods through Rasuwagadhi and Tatopani, they had re-routed their shipments through seaports in India.

“Traders have all fled Tatopani. There is no charm here,” Lama said.

“Traders don’t want to bring their imports from China through the southern border because of the higher cost and longer time,” Lama said. “But no one understands Chinese politics.”

Raj Kumar Basnet, chairman of the Sindhupalchok Chamber of Commerce and Industry, said they and the Nepalese Trans-Himalayan Border Trade Association have submitted memoranda to the prime minister, ministers and government officials every six months requiring the border point of Tatopani to be improved.

“When the issue is made public, the Chinese authorities increase the number of containers allowed to enter Nepal from 10 to 30 per day,” Basnet said. “After a few days, the number of containers drops to three or six. This flawed policy is giving traders a hard time,” he said.

“We are continuously putting pressure on the government,” Basnet said.

According to Daya Nidhi KC, Head of Tatopani Dry Port and Customs Office, closures are still being imposed in Tibet and as a result trade in Nepal is disrupted.

“That’s why there is a quota now. Tibet only allows three containers from Shigatse daily.

A state of anarchy in Pakistan

0

Former Pakistani Prime Minister Imran Khan speaks during a press conference after being injured following a shooting during a long march in Wazirabad, at Shaukat Khanum Memorial Cancer Hospital & Research Center in Lahore, in Pakistan, November 4, 2022. PHOTO: REUTERS

“>



Former Pakistani Prime Minister Imran Khan speaks during a press conference after being injured following a shooting during a long march in Wazirabad, at Shaukat Khanum Memorial Cancer Hospital & Research Center in Lahore, in Pakistan, November 4, 2022. PHOTO: REUTERS

What happened in Wazirabad last week was perhaps a foretold story. The shooting attack on Imran Khan plunged Pakistan deeper into anarchy. The would-be killer may have been arrested, but the motive for the shooting remains shrouded in mystery. The former prime minister was quick to accuse senior government officials and a senior ISI figure of plotting the attack. He named names.

It may have been a lone wolf action, but the incident ignited an already volatile situation. The attack militarized the ongoing “long march” of the PTI. By directly implicating a senior intelligence official in the alleged plot to “kill” him, the former prime minister led the battle at GHQ.

For all the latest news, follow the Daily Star’s Google News channel.

It seems like a well-calculated decision to step up pressure on the security establishment on the eve of a critical transition in the army’s high command. Imran Khan’s letter to the president calling on him to act against “abuses of power and violations of our laws and the constitution”, and to draw “clear operational lines” vis-à-vis the ISPR accentuated the political divide.

Khan also urged the president to take note of what he describes as “serious wrongdoings”, which undermine Pakistan’s security, and to hold “culprits” to account. Obviously, he was referring to elements within the security establishment.

Khan’s call for the president to act appears to have been sparked by last month’s unprecedented press conference by the heads of the ISI and ISPR, where the former prime minister was censured for his fake foreign conspiracy story. The standoff between the PTI and the security establishment has also deepened after allegations of torture in custody of former federal minister, Senator Azam Khan Swati. The elderly senator, who was arrested by the Federal Investigation Agency (FIA) last month in a case filed against him over a controversial tweet, is now free on bail. He accused two senior intelligence officials of involvement in the alleged crime.

Meanwhile, the release of an objectionable video featuring him and his wife sparked public outrage across the political divide. The image of the elderly senator collapsing at a press conference has rocked the country. Nothing could be more sinister than this act of videotaping an honorable Member’s private life and broadcasting it. Predictably, fingers were pointed at the security establishment.

Imran Khan’s insistence on naming the intelligence chief, as well as the prime minister and interior minister, as suspects in what he describes as a plot to kill him has intensified his confrontation with the establishment of security. Unsurprisingly, the allegation prompted a scathing rebuttal from the ISPR.

In a statement, the army dismissed the accusation as “baseless and irresponsible” and warned that the allegations against the senior army officer and the institution were “absolutely unacceptable and unjustified”. The military also urged the government to take action against the former prime minister for slandering the security institution.

Such scathing public exchanges are rare. They clearly show the growing hostility between the former Prime Minister and his former bosses. His aggression against military leaders does not denote any breakthrough in “backroom talks” with the generals. Apparently, the demands presented by Khan were deemed unacceptable by the establishment. His growing populist support seems to have added to Khan’s hubris.

Moreover, although in opposition, the PTI controls two of the most important provinces in addition to being in power in Azad Kashmir and Gilgit-Baltistan. Having a government in Punjab in particular gave the party enormous political clout, making it much more difficult for the establishment to meet the challenge posed by the PTI.

Yet it was not possible for Khan to obtain a registered FIR against the senior military official whom he publicly accused of plotting to kill him. The resistance apparently came from the province’s chief minister himself. It was difficult for Pervaiz Elahi to take on the establishment.

Despite all the efforts made by the head of the PTI, the police refused to file charges against the Prime Minister, the Federal Minister of the Interior and the head of the ISI. Only the shooter caught at the scene was named in the FIR after the Supreme Court’s order to file the first information report.

It was a clear message from the establishment about limiting Khan’s power and was seen as a strong rebuttal to the former prime minister. But that didn’t stop him from upping the ante.

The Prime Minister was right to ask the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court to form a full commission to investigate the Wazirabad incident. Although in favor of a judicial commission, Imran Khan has expressed reservations about the investigative agencies investigating the failed assassination attempt. It is highly unlikely that he will accept a verdict against him.

Meanwhile, Khan announced the resumption of the long march which was suspended after the shooting incident. With the violence spreading to major cities in Punjab, there is little hope that the situation will calm down. It may take days for the march to reach Islamabad, but the siege of the capital appears to have already begun with PTI supporters blockading key entry points.

It may be outside the president’s constitutional power to act against a serving army officer, as the former prime minister demands, but the letter Khan sent him highlights the fault lines growing in the country’s power structure. The events of the last week demonstrate the collapse of the building. An increasingly divided state has deepened the power vacuum.

There is a complete collapse of authority. Fear of civil unrest weighs heavily with the impending collapse of state institutions. Ongoing political confrontation and polarization threaten to derail the democratic process. Imran Khan’s confrontation with the establishment cannot be seen as a battle for civilian supremacy. It is a merciless struggle for power. The country is rushing into a state of anarchy with no resolution to the crisis in sight.

This article was first published in DawnANN partner of The star of the dayon November 9, 2022.

Zahid Hussein is a Pakistani journalist and author. His Twitter handle is @hidhussain

601 Outstanding Global Restaurants and Bars Added to Top 50 Discoveries

0

The world’s most trusted platform for finding the best places to eat and drink around the world just saw hundreds of new places added. With 2,632 expert-selected restaurants and bars to choose from on 50 Best Discovery, now is the time to dive into the refreshed website and start planning your next dining adventure.

Since its launch in 2019, 50 Best Discovery has become the essential resource for eating and drinking anywhere on the planet, whether you’re visiting big cities or seeking off-the-beaten-path destinations. Each year, the Top 50 team delves into the tens of thousands of votes cast in each of its seven different restaurant and bar rankings to find the essential places to add to the database. Each location that received multiple votes in the final rounds of voting is then contacted and reviewed, and its details uploaded to the website.

This means that every 12 months, a new cohort of exceptional, expert-approved hospitality venues are on hand to explore and help you determine your travel plans. After all, who doesn’t base their vacation on where they go to eat and drink?

This quarter, a grand total of another 601 restaurants and bars qualified for listing on the website. In detail, you have the choice between 367 new restaurants and 234 additional bars. For restaurants, there’s a massive 65 new cities that have never seen representation of the Top 50 Discoveries and 27 new cities for bars. For the first time, sites from Bahrain, Bangladesh, Belarus, Bulgaria, Cayman Islands, Egypt, Jordan, Kuwait, Maldives, Nepal, Oman, Palestine, Saudi Arabia and Tunisia are on 50 Best Discovery. Each year, the site becomes more diverse and spotlights more food scenes and awesome cuisines that may not have received enough votes to make it to the main top 50 lists, but do. always worth a visit.

The United States maintains its position as the world’s leading cocktail party with 42 additional bars spread across the county, more than any other location. In the Middle East, the United Arab Emirates is home to more new restaurant listings than anywhere else, with 33 new additions. Collectively, 50 Best Discovery now has 2,632 locations, including 1,679 restaurants and 953 bars. That’s a lot to think about.

So fire up 50 Best Discovery and make a reservation to unlock a whole new world of flavors.

A handful of global highlights of the latest restaurants and bars to qualify for the Top 50 Discoveries…

AUSTRALIA
Restaurants

Aru, Melbourne – Modern fire-licked cuisine
Lankan Filling Station, Sydney – Sri Lankan Hotspot Vibey
Margaret, Sydney – Masterful New Wave Aussie

Bars
Caretaker’s Cottage, Melbourne – Pub energy with exceptional cocktails
Re, Sydney – Eco-friendly cocktails

Re – a former winner of the Sustainable Bar Award in 2021 – offers some of Sydney’s best eco-friendly services

BAHRAIN
Restaurants
Fusions by Tala, Manama – Ambitious Bahraini reinventions
Mirai, Manama – Innovative Japanese Street FoodMergers-by-Tala-Manama-Bahrain (1)
Fusions by Tala offers classic Bahraini dishes, modernized and refined to perfection

BRAZIL
Restaurants
Restaurante Manga, Salvador – Bold Brazilian Brilliance
Origem, Salvador – Bahian Tasting Menus

Bars
Picco, São Paulo – Casual Cocktail and Pizzeria
Sub Astor, São Paulo – Hidden Cocktail Basement
manga-brazil-disco-nov22-incopy
Restaurante Manga in Salvador has the views to match the food, a stone’s throw from the beach

CANADA
Restaurants

L’Abatoir, Vancouver – Bistro classics brought up to date
Mon Lapin, Montreal – Warm and inventive French bistro

Bars
Bar Mordecai, Toronto – Nostalgic Hotel Bar Vibe
Mother Cocktail Bar – Tasty and technically impressive

labattoir-disco-nov22-incopy
French-influenced cuisine with a clever wine offering, L’Abatoir is one of Vancouver’s hottest restaurants

EGYPT
Restaurants

Sachi, Cairo – Sumptuous and Serene Sushi
Zooba, Giza – Famous falafel

Bars
Shinko, Cairo – Exclusive high-end salon
shinko-egypt-disco-nov22-incopy
Sip Shinko’s signature martini in his lavish New Cairo salon

FRANCE
Restaurants

Restaurant AT, Paris – Fusion assured

Bars
Combat, Paris – Sleek Bellevillois bistro
Moonshiner, Paris – Classic Prohibition Era Speakeasy


Combat-france-disco-nov22-incopy
Combat hits back at a city of speakeasies, giving Paris a light and airy place to sip cocktails

GERMANY
Restaurants
Barra, Berlin – Friendly neighborhood restaurant
Seven Swans, Frankfurt – Vegetarian tasting that pushes the boundaries

seven-swans-disco-nov22-incopy
Vegetarian? No problem. At Seven Swans, vegetables take center stage on its acclaimed tasting menu

ITALY
Restaurants

Gucci Osteria da Massimo Bottura, Florence – Fashion house meets Best of the Best
SantoPalato, Rome – Relaxed Local Trattoria

gucci-osteria-italy-disco-nov22-incopy
At Gucci Osteria, the worlds of gastronomy and fashion meet for a unique dining experience

THAILAND
Restaurants

Igniv, Bangkok – Swiss twisted twist Thai
Sushi Masato – Big Apple meets Bangkok

Bars
BKK Social Club, Bangkok – Buenos Aires to Bangkok
Mahaniyom Cocktail Bar, Bangkok – Sustainable gastronomic mixology
BKKSocialClub-thailand-disco-nov22-incopy
Run by industry veteran Philip Bischoff, BKK Social Club has quickly become one of Bangkok’s top cocktail bars

UK
Restaurants

Brutto, London – La vita è bella at this Florentine charmer
Fallow, London – Sustainability with Style

Bars
A Bar with Shapes For a Name, London – Late Night Bauhaus Bar
Schofield’s, Manchester – Elegant Art Deco Classics
Fallow-uk-disco-nov22-incopy
Don’t miss the roast at Fallow, with an ex-rump of dairy cow and a potato millefeuille stuck in beef broth

WE
Restaurants

Katz’s Delicatessen, New York – Iconic Jewish Deli
Saga, New York – Refined cuisine that is both nostalgic and contemporary
Che Fico, San Francisco – A welcoming Californian trattoria

Bars
The Silver Stamp, Las Vegas – Friendly Beer Brewery
The Teardrop Lounge, Portland – Innovative concoctions, urban vibe

katz-us-disco-nov22-incopy
A pastrami on rye at the iconic Katz’s Deli is a must for any visit to New York

Use 50 Best Discovery for all your food and beverage needs. Keep checking the website for exclusive articles, video content and unique features to help inspire all aspects of travel

As its trees return, Nepal scores a victory against deforestation

0

The old man moved cautiously, hill after hill, cutting through dry shrubbery until he was surrounded by trees grown from seedlings he had planted two decades ago. He pointed to a row of low peaks above the Kathmandu Valley that were covered in dense foliage.

“See that? They were barren mounds of red mud 15 years ago,” said the man, Khadga Bahadur Karki, 70, tears of pride fogging up his glasses. “These trees are more than my children .”

This transformation is visible throughout Nepal, thanks to a radical policy adopted by the government more than 40 years ago. Vast swaths of national forest land have been turned over to local communities and around 14 million volunteers like Karki have been recruited to protect and renew their local forests, an effort that has won praise from conservationists around the world. But with the success came new challenges, one of which was tackling the rise in potentially dangerous confrontations between humans and wildlife.

Community-managed forests now make up more than a third of Nepal’s forest cover, which has increased by around 22% since 1988, according to government data. Independent studies also confirm that greenery in Nepal has resurfaced, with forests now covering 45% of the country’s land.

“When forests were common property, people abused them,” said Jefferson Fox, senior researcher at the East-West Center in Honolulu and principal investigator of a NASA-funded study that found Nepal’s tree cover had doubled between 1992 and 2016. “Now you have the community saying, ‘No, you’re not going! So the trees come back.

Community forests, spanning several tree-covered hills, in Khairahani, Nepal, March 2, 2022. (Karan Deep Singh/The New York Times)

In the early 1980s, the government could not persuade people to stop cutting trees for farmland and for firewood. Deforestation has made floods and landslides more frequent, alarming the country’s leaders.

What followed was a huge replanting effort that was bolstered by foreign aid. Villagers such as Karki have planted rosewood and sal seedlings on barren hillsides. Then they organized themselves into groups, each tasked with protecting saplings in a designated spot and preventing locals from cutting grass for food.

The challenge now is to sustain this fragile recovery. For community foresters, this means protecting their forests from the timber mafia, poachers and nature itself.

Global warming has made wildfires a palpable threat, which is why hundreds of local workers clean up dry twigs, grass and bark from dead trees, which are then used by residents as firewood. ignition, animal feed and building materials. Any excess is sold for additional revenue.

Workers clear dry grass in Kankali Community Forest, Khairahani, Nepal, March 2, 2022. (Karan Deep Singh/The New York Times)

Many community forests adjoin national parks, and their revival has allowed endangered plant and animal species, including the tiger, one-horned rhinoceros and gharial, a crocodilian reptile, to thrive.

But the increase in wildlife has also been accompanied by a sharp increase in human-animal conflict as animals cross the boundaries of poorly fenced parks. Members of Nepal’s marginalized groups who live around heavily guarded national parks say the government is trying to keep them off their land to restrict their access to grass, fish and herbs.

One early morning this year, Chijamaya Sarki, 61, was cutting grass to feed livestock in a forest when she was attacked and killed by a tiger, her family said. “We only received his half-eaten body,” said Shyam Bahadur Majakoti, his son, still visibly in shock and dressed in a traditional mourning ritual.

Majakoti, 35, who belongs to the oppressed Dalit community, said he had no choice but to return to the forest to look for grass like his mother. “That’s how we survive.”

Bishu Lal Chepang holds a photo of his son Raj Kumar Chepang, who was found fishing in a restricted area of ​​the forest and beaten so badly that he died, with Raj’s mother, Aaiiti Maya Chepang, holding Alina , 3, in Khairahani, Nepal, March 4, 2022. (Karan Deep Singh/The New York Times)

Although the growth of forests is mainly the result of community forestry, experts say migration and reduced dependence on agriculture have also contributed.

Hundreds of thousands of young Nepalese migrate each year to other countries in Asia or to the Persian Gulf in search of stable, well-paying jobs, leaving fewer workers at home. Foreign remittances now account for almost a quarter of the country’s economic output and brought in around $7.35 billion in 2020.

“Once you have received the money from remittances, you no longer have to worry about the hard agricultural work,” said Naya Sharma Paudel, a researcher who has studied community forestry in Nepal.

The change is pronounced in the village of Chainpur, where the Kankali community forest is at the center of the rural economy. Many people have abandoned subsistence farming to embrace alternatives such as beekeeping and grow profitable crops such as dragon fruit and strawberries.

Anil Bahadur Gurung, a Nepalese army sergeant, left, briefs teammates with a map on the ground before heading out on patrol, Nepal, March 1, 2022. (Karan Deep Singh/The New York Times)plantin

Keshav Raj Basnet runs a thriving beekeeping business, earning $5,000 a year from 12 hives. Her older brother, Vijaya Basnet, doubled his annual income after finding a job helping to manage the forest. Half of his income comes from his feed farm, two buffaloes and a cow. Vijaya Basnet, 50, said her job also helps her fund her two sons’ studies abroad.

“The forest is everything to us,” he said.

Forests are also crucial to government finances in Nepal, one of the poorest countries in South Asia. He is expected to receive billions of dollars for his work on forest conservation and climate protection in the coming years, Ramsahaya Prasad Yadav, who served as forestry minister until July, said in an interview.

Nepal is awaiting a $7.4 billion package from a UK government-led group to ‘build back greener from Covid-19’ and around $300 million from Norway, the United States and China. Britain, among others, to help reduce global emissions.

The government has taken steps to keep these precious forests safe, even deploying troops to some national parks to protect them from poachers and, authorities say, locals. But the heavy troop presence has also caused tensions with local communities.

A rare one-horned rhinoceros in Chitwan National Park in Nepal, Feb. 28, 2022. (Karan Deep Singh/The New York Times)

In Chitwan National Park in southeast Nepal and surrounded by community forests, more than 8,000 armed soldiers guard a wildlife sanctuary with tigers, rhinos, crocodiles and leopards. They patrol 24 hours a day, on foot, by bicycle, by boat and on the back of an elephant.

On a recent afternoon, Sgt. Anil Bahadur Gurung, who fought Maoist rebels during the country’s decade-long civil war at the turn of the century, paced cautiously through a dark canopy of sal trees, on the lookout for any signs of approaches a tiger.

Gurung, 36, who is armed with an AK-47 rifle, said while on a recent patrol he was chased by a tiger.

“I was so scared that I climbed a tree,” he said. “We are allowed to use our gun to protect ourselves, but I am here to protect the animals”, not to shoot them.

More than 100 Gurung peers have died on duty in wildlife attacks since 1974, the military said. The army has also had strained relations with some residents, who accuse it of brutality against ethnic minorities.

In July 2020, troops found Raj Kumar Chepang, 24, fishing in the restricted area of ​​the national park. His punishment, a beating with sticks, was so severe that he died days later, according to a police report. His family claims he was targeted because of his ethnicity. A soldier has been sentenced for his death.

“They took our hearts,” said Aaiiti Maya Chepang, her mother, in a fit of rage.

The Nepalese army did not respond to requests for comment on Chepang’s case, but an officer said the army’s presence was crucial for the animals and their habitats.

“There can be no rhinos without the army,” Lt. Col. Deepak Koirala, who is deployed in Chitwan, said in an interview.

A few kilometers from Chitwan, the once barren 750 hectares of the Kankali Community Forest are home to tigers, deer and pangolins. Rainfall, formerly intermittent and insufficient, is normal.

These are just some of the dividends, said Karki, the community forester, of the decades of work done by him and his compatriots. He started planting seedlings in Kankali in the early 1990s.

“Trees, animals, they are all our friends,” he said. “We can’t live without them.”

San Marcos Wild Rice Studio’s yoga practice provides a safe space for the local exercise community

0

When the coronavirus pandemic hit, the yoga studio scene in San Marcos also took a hit, leaving members of its community with few options for where to practice, according to Kileigh Reed.

In March 2021, Reed opened Wild Rice Studio downtown to create a safe space for San Marcos yogis to lay down their mats.

“The studio was really born out of necessity,” Reed said. “All the other studios had closed in San Marcos so there was definitely a need for yoga in town.”

Reed moved from Iowa to San Marcos 11 years ago. Here she was welcomed into the strongly established yoga community that was present at the time. The now closed Red Dawg Hot Yoga was the studio where Reed said she discovered and fell in love with the practice.

She said yoga has given her opportunities and relationships she never expected to have, such as traveling abroad to study and practice yoga. Last year, she traveled to Nepal to study yoga in the Himalayas for a month.

Back home, Reed said she treasured the relationships forged at the Wild Rice Studio.

“It feels like an absolute privilege to be a part of it and to see the bonds that are formed,” Reed said. “And it’s just a humble reminder that there is such an amazing and beautiful community here and they choose to spend their time in this space.”

During Wild Rice Studio’s open time, Reed was challenged to create a safe space in the wake of COVID-19. Now Reed is happy to help promote the safe yoga community of San Marcos.

Wild Rice Studio offers classes such as Hot 26, Traditional Vinyasa, Restorative Yoga and more. From students to doctors to local business owners, the studio is accessible to anyone who wants to get on the mat.

“Showing up to your mat regularly and seeing the progress…it’s really about creating that safe space and that safe environment for people to come in and grow and do the work,” Reed said.

Wild Rice Studio 136 S. LBJ Drive, San Marcos 512-216-6976 • www.wildricestudiosmtx.com

Hours: Mon.-Fri. 8am-9pm, Sat. 9am-1pm, Sun. 10:30am-7pm

“>

Younger borrowers are likely to use payday loans and are unaware of “more affordable” credit unions

0

According to a study by the government-backed Money and Pensions Service, young people are twice as likely to turn to high-interest payday lenders than not-for-profit community lenders.

Friends and family were the main source of loans for the 25-34 age group, with 26% saying they would turn to ‘close contacts’.

Meanwhile, 19% said they would consider payday lenders or other high-cost short-term credit if needed.

Only 5% of respondents said they would consider borrowing from nonprofit lenders such as credit unions.

There are 7.7 million financially vulnerable adults in the UK and almost half are aged between 25 and 34

Additionally, the non-profit financial organization Fair4All estimates that there are 7.7 million people aged 18-34 who are financially vulnerable, accounting for nearly half of the 17.6 million estimated adults living in these conditions.

Lauren Peel of Fair4All Finance told This Money: “We’re seeing people who already feel like they’ve cut back and are still overdrawn every month.”

“But they have goals and are ambitious about where they want to live and what careers they want to have.

“A lot of them are tenants and it’s not always a stable market. People worry year after year about the increase in their rent.

What are credit unions and community lenders?

Credit unions are financial cooperatives that provide savings, loans and a range of other services to their members. To join, credit unions generally require members to be part of a common bond, such as living in a designated area or working for a particular employer.

However, you may not always need to be a current union member to use its services.

These organizations are often able to lend money to customers on more favorable terms than other street lenders and have programs in place to help more vulnerable borrowers who may have difficulty accessing credit elsewhere.

Victoria Barry, 36, got tricked by payday lenders in her early 20s, but with the help of a credit union she was able to pay off her debts and is now a homeowner.

Victoria Barry, 36, got tricked by payday lenders in her early 20s, but with the help of a credit union she was able to pay off her debts and is now a homeowner.

Victoria Barry was caught in a vicious cycle of using high-cost payday loans in her early twenties.

Speaking to This is Money, Victoria, now 36, from Manchester, said she initially borrowed just £20 from a payday lender after a friend recommended they fund a night out at the end of the month. However, caught up in the high interest charges, Victoria continued to supplement her salary with loans at the end of the month.

She reached the point where she was paying off almost all of her salary to payday lenders on a monthly basis and then had to get another loan to live on. The tipping point came, she says, when her borrowing exceeded her income.

“The next payment was going to be money I didn’t have in my account,” she recalls. “I only had a salary of £10,500 and the month before I had borrowed £700. With the £150 in interest, I had no way of giving them that money.

At the time, Victoria was working for Co-op Insurance and noticed advertisements for the Co-op Credit Union, which is open to members of various co-operative organizations, on her workplace intranet.

“It was quite shameful, my family is not in debt, so I felt like I had let people down and didn’t want to turn to them. I saw it [credit union adverts] on the intranet and thought I’d give it a try.

It was pretty shameful, my family is not in debt, so I felt like I let people down and didn’t want to turn to them

She says she was worried union staff would blame her for mishandling her money, but when she met an adviser in person he was reassuring and helpful.

They provided him with not only an affordable repayment plan, but also financial health tools, such as budgeting skills, to be able to manage his money.

“Nobody tells you how you budget and it’s very simple, that’s where the money comes in and that’s what you can spend,” says Victoria who now has her own home in Mossley, Greater Manchester .

“It was about someone listening to you and not judging you, which was the most important thing for me at the time.

“Looking back on that time it felt like there was no hope so I’m happy to share my story because if a person like me hears there’s someone out there who can help you who is not a loan shark or pay day lender so it’s worth it.

What else can you do if you need credit?

The first thing Peel suggests is to check if you are entitled to benefits that you are not already claiming.

There are online tools to determine if you can access other sources of income. It is estimated that around £15 billion in benefits go unclaimed each year.

When there’s a need for credit, don’t be ashamed, she says. Just be sure to do your research and approach financing providers who can help you find a lower cost option.

High-cost payday lenders are often at the top of search engine results, so take the time to look a little deeper to determine what’s available and affordable.

Victoria Barry echoes the message that you shouldn’t be ashamed if you’re in financial trouble and seek help.

She suggests talking to a credit union, but even if they can’t help you, they can direct you to other sources of help.

“Asking for help is the first step,” she says.

According to a study by Bluestone Mortgages, one in six adults (16%) say they are too embarrassed to ask for help when they are in financial difficulty.

However, a bigger barrier to getting advice is that almost a third (31%) don’t think they have a right to help, while more than a fifth (22%) say they don’t know where to start looking for help. .

To raise awareness, credit unions and other community lenders are encouraging young people in their 20s and 30s to review their credit choices and consider the options available to them through a range of local and national community lenders that may suit their financial circumstances.

They can be found at Find your credit union – the funds near you and Find Finance – Responsible finance providers offering simple, smaller and affordable loans.

Some links in this article may be affiliate links. If you click on it, we may earn a small commission. This helps us fund This Is Money and keep it free to use. We do not write articles to promote products. We do not allow any business relationship to affect our editorial independence.

India and Bangladesh are gaining ground on the flow of goods from Kolkata to the northeastern states via Chittagong

0

The transshipment exercise between Kolkata and India’s northeast states via Bangladesh will open a new horizon for the two South Asian giants who share the fifth longest land border in the world. The distance between Kolkata and Agartala by road is dangerous. The 1650 kilometer land route passes through Guwahati but through the waterways of Bangladesh it is only 620 km. Therefore, transporting goods through Bangladesh saves Indian logistics service providers time and money.

Bangladesh is also set to extend its agreement allowing India to transport fuel to its northeast through its territory. The agreement, signed between the Indian Oil Corporation and the government of Bangladesh in August after several parts of the northeast were flooded due to heavy rains, will expire on November 30.

Although closely related, South Asia as a region is one of the least connected. “In South Asia, transport and trade difficulties mean that it is around 15-20% cheaper for an Indian company to trade with a counterpart in Brazil or Germany than in Bangladesh. Better connectivity can reduce trade costs, lead to greater economic growth and reduce poverty in South Asia,” Cecile Fruman, Director, Regional Integration and Engagement, South Asia, told India Narrative in an interview.

As New Delhi concluded its trial transhipment exercise on Monday, using Bangladesh’s Chittagong and Mongla ports to transport goods to its northeast – well ahead of the December deadline – the Bangladeshi private sector is also optimistic. The exercise will benefit a multitude of businesses while increasing overall revenue levels. The National Treasury of Bangladesh will also benefit.

“India is committed to unlocking the region’s potential through connectivity for greater economic growth in the spirit of shared prosperity. Who wouldn’t benefit from a shorter supply chain? Bangladesh and India are in tandem to facilitate landlocked states in the northeast, including opening up to Nepal and Bhutan,” Navita Srikant, geopolitics and security analyst, told India Narrative.

Srikant added that the ASEAN and Bay of Bengal economies are now coming together as several economic frameworks such as BIMSTEC and Bangladesh-Bhutan-India-Nepal (BBIN) as well as India’s Act East policy have started to bear fruit. .

Abdullah Sadi, a Bangladeshi researcher at Boston University, wrote in an article published by Business Standard (Bangladesh) that over the past four years, Dhaka has earned 36 lakh Taka from 17 shipments via the Kolkata-Ashuganj-route. Akhaura.

Last month alone, the total government and private sector revenue from shipping goods from Kolkata to Assam through the port of Chittagong was more than 2 lakh Taka, he noted.

The transit agreement was signed between India and Bangladesh in 2018. The agreement aims to facilitate transshipment and use of Mongla and Chittagong ports. This would mean that goods from Kolkata can be sent to landlocked states in the northeast via Bangladesh, an exercise that will reduce both cost and transit time.

Also Read: Bangladesh garment exports to India are on the rise

Sheikh Hasina, symbol of a progressive Bangladesh, has an unfinished agenda

US STOCKS-Futures flat as midterm results arrive

0

(For a live blog from Reuters on US, UK and European stock markets, click or type LIVE/ in a news window.)

*

Futures up: Dow 0.02%, S&P 0.15%, Nasdaq 0.41%

By Medha Singh and Bansari Mayur Kamdar

Nov 9 (Reuters) – U.S. stock index futures edged higher on Wednesday as midterm election results came in, with investors bracing for a political standoff in Washington that would make it harder to pass changes drastic policies.

Early indications suggested U.S. Republicans appeared poised to take control of the House of Representatives, while Senate results were too close to announce as polls remained open in some states.

A divided government, with a Democrat in the White House, has always been good for stock markets as it sets the stage for partisan clashes over controversial policy changes, such as the federal debt limit, that could raise fears of a default. payment from the United States.

“The fact that we haven’t seen a Republican landslide like many people expected now raises questions about whether or not Democrats will retain control of the Senate,” said financial analyst Danni Hewson. at AJ Bell.

“You’re in a slightly different situation and it looks like Biden’s presidency hasn’t been hit hard by this midterm election, so markets are in wait-and-see mode.”

A surprise victory for Democrats could raise concerns about regulation of the tech sector as well as fiscal spending that could add to already high inflation, market strategists say.

Only 13 of the 53 most competitive races, based on a Reuters analysis of leading nonpartisan forecasters, had been decided so far, raising fears that the final outcome will not be known for some time.

Investors increasingly priced in a Republican victory as a basket of stocks, including energy and defense, which should perform well under a Republican sweep, outperformed those likely to benefit under Democratic leadership, such as US stocks. energy, so far this quarter .

The S&P 500 has recorded a gain in every 12-month period after the midterm vote since World War II, according to Deutsche Bank.

As of 3:07 a.m. ET, Dow e-minis were up 7 points, or 0.02%, S&P 500 e-minis were up 5 points, or 0.13%, and Nasdaq 100 e-minis were up up 45.75 points, or 0.41%.

Holger Schmieding, an economist at Berenberg, does not expect the election results to have a significant impact on US fiscal or monetary policy and believes the Federal Reserve’s actions to curb inflation will continue to dictate markets.

Some market participants expect US inflation data for October, due Thursday, to be more supportive.

(Reporting by Medha Singh and Bansari Mayur Kamdar in Bengaluru; Editing by Savio D’Souza)

4.5 magnitude earthquake rocks Nepal

0

The earthquake occurred 155 km northeast of Kathmandu at a depth of 100 km

The earthquake occurred 155 km northeast of Kathmandu at a depth of 100 km

A magnitude 4.5 earthquake rocked Nepal in the early morning of Tuesday, November 8, 2022, the National Seismology Center (NCS) reported. According to the NCS, the earthquake occurred 155 km northeast of Kathmandu, Nepal, at a depth of 100 kilometres.

Earthquake of magnitude: 4.5, occurred on 08-11-2022, 04:37:27 IST, Lat: 28.57 and Long: 86.58, Depth: 100 km, Location: 155 km NE of Kathmandu , Nepal,” the NCS tweeted.

Earlier on October 19, a 5.1 magnitude earthquake rocked Kathmandu. According to the NCS, the earthquake occurred 53 km east of Kathmandu around 2:52 p.m. The depth of the earthquake was 10 km below the ground. On July 31, another 6.0 magnitude earthquake occurred 147 km ESE of Kathmandu, Nepal at 8:13 a.m. IST around Martim Birta of Khotang district, according to the National Monitoring and Research Center. on earthquakes. (NEMRC).

The depth of the epicenter was monitored at 10 km in eastern Nepal, determined at 27.14 degrees north latitude and 86.67 degrees east longitude. On April 25, a high-intensity earthquake measuring 7.8 on the Richter scale struck central Nepal between its capital Kathmandu and the city of Pokhara. It is estimated to have killed 8,964 people and injured almost 22,000.

The quake, known as the Gorkha earthquake, also rocked several cities in northern India; tremors were also felt in Lahore, Pakistan, Lhasa in Tibet and Dhaka, Bangladesh.

The recent earthquakes in Nepal have caused unprecedented damage to life and property and necessitated the demand for well framed policy measures to manage such disasters.

Nepal suffered its worst earthquake on record in 1934. It was measured at 8.0 and destroyed the cities of Kathmandu, Bhaktapur and Patan. It has been established that the Indian plate is subducted under the Eurasian plate at 5 cm per year.

This is responsible for the formation and increase in height of the young fold mountains of the Himalayas and also makes the region prone to earthquakes. Disasters like earthquakes can wreak havoc if there is not enough preparation.

Apathy from the authorities affects the conservation of fishing cats

0

A fishing cat, locally known as Pani Biralo, was found seriously injured on a road in Dayanagar village in Krishnanagar-8 municipality, Kapilvastu on October 28. Locals who had found the injured cat informed the divisional forestry office in Chandrauta but the cat succumbed to its injuries before a rescue team reached the site.

Fishing cats have been listed as an endangered mammal species by the International Union for Conservation of Nature. It is estimated that there are around 150-200 fishing cats in Nepal. Medium-sized cat species are found in South and Southeast Asia. Conservationists have expressed concern over the rise in the number of fishing cat deaths in road accidents in Nepal.

The adult fishing cat found in the village of Dayanagar last week had suffered injuries to its mouth, according to Rajat Pratap Sah, the mayor of Krishnanagar. “The injuries did not appear to be life threatening and the cat could have been saved had it been discovered sooner,” he said.

According to forestry officials, the search is underway for the culprit of the hit-and-run.

Rama Mishra, a conservationist pursuing a doctorate on fishing cats, said another fishing cat died in a similar road accident in Tribeni from Nawalparasi (West) last year. “The number of fishing cats is very low in Nepal and in the world. Losing these cats in traffic accidents harms conservation efforts,” said Mishra, who has worked in fishing cat conservation for 10 years.

Conservationists say that the indifference of government authorities and their limited understanding of the need for the conservation of this endangered species is one of the reasons for the failure of the increase in the population of these cats, the accidents of the road, shrinking wetlands and poaching being the other. the reasons.

“These cats are elusive, so when we spot one on camera traps set up in the forests for surveillance, we feel exuberant. Although the government and several other organizations have worked for wildlife conservation, the fishing cats do not yet on their priority list,” said Swechchha Shrestha, another conservationist who studies fishing cats. “There is a lack of means and resources in its conservation.”

Conservationists stress the need for immediate and effective rescue of injured animals and strong legal action against culprits involved in injuring and killing endangered and protected animals in the country .

Hem Sagar Baral, a veteran ornithologist, says incidents of injuries and deaths of these rare animals will continue to go unchecked unless effective enforcement of conservation laws is ensured.

According to the current legal provisions, a person will be fined Rs 100,000 to Rs 500,000 or imprisoned for one to five years or both if found guilty of killing fishing cats .

The fishing cat (Prionailurus viverrinus) is a feline with a powerful build and about twice the size of a domestic cat. The height of an adult varies from 57 to 78 cm and weighs between 15 and 16 kg. The fishing cat is a skilled swimmer and frequently feeds on fish.

Wetlands are the main habitats of fishing cats. In Nepal, these cats are mainly found in Chitwan, Bardiya, Nawalparasi, Kapilvastu, Bara, Parsa and near the banks of Karnali, Babai, Rapti, Narayani and Koshi rivers.

Boycott of fringe forces reemphasizes election security

0

Election security was not much of a concern for the Electoral Commission until a few months ago, as it did not consider political parties that had threatened to boycott upcoming polls as a serious threat.

But now, with the announcement by the Communist Party of Nepal led by Netra Bikram Chand to actively boycott the November 20 elections, the electoral body and the interior ministry appear concerned.

The Ministry of Interior and the Electoral Commission had also argued that intra-party and inter-party divisions could emerge as the biggest challenge.

Khadga Bahadur Bishwokarma, spokesman for Chand’s party, said earlier this week that his party would actively boycott upcoming federal and provincial polls and retaliate if the government tried to use force against them.

“Our party has decided to disregard the November 20 federal and provincial elections which will be conducted by the capitalist government,” read the statement released by Chand. “We have decided to give an appropriate response if the state removes our party’s advertising programs.”

A recent meeting of the party’s central committee decided to launch campaigns to “publicly expose the bad intention of the elections” through murals, distribution of leaflets, rallies, rallies and calling on the people not to participate in the election. vote.

The threat from the Chand-led party, which resorted to violence until it joined mainstream politics in March last year, has government officials worried about possible disruption.

The government has thus begun to arrest the leaders and cadres of parties who have announced a boycott of the poll. Police on Wednesday arrested Belbari de Morang’s Bimal Niroula and Mahesh Shrestha in connection with a possible threat to the ballot box. The two leaders of the revolutionary Maoist CPN led by Mohan Baidya were accused of having taken part in anti-election activities. Baidya’s party also decided to boycott the elections.

Of the 68 parties vying for the federal and provincial elections, 48 ​​submitted closed lists of their candidates for the PR election category.

According to sources at the Interior Ministry, there are 10,891 voting centers and 22,226 polling booths. About a third of the centers – 3,080 – are “very sensitive” and 4,420 are sensitive, with the rest less sensitive from a security point of view.

However, Basanta Bhattarai, information officer at the Home Ministry, said the security sensitivity of polling centers may change given the incidents ahead of the elections.

Bhattarai said the activities of political parties that have announced election boycotts could be an important indicator for the government to list highly sensitive election centers.

At least half a dozen fringe communist parties have announced they will boycott the upcoming federal and provincial elections.

These are the Communist Party of Nepal (Bahumat) led by Dharmendra Bastola, a dissident from Chand’s party; the Communist Party of Nepal led by Baidya (revolutionary Maoist); the Baigyanik Samajbadi party led by Bishwo Bhakta Dulal; the CPN (Mashal) led by Santa Bahadur Nepali – a dissident of the Rastriya Janamorcha party – and the Communist Party of Nepal led by Rishi Kattel.

Holding a joint press conference on Friday, two student wings of the parties led by Baidya and Bastola called on the people to boycott the upcoming polls.

As federal and provincial polls take place in a single phase across the country, the government will struggle to manage security on that day.

Ballots have already been transported to four provinces: Gandaki, Lumbini, Karnali and Sudurpaschim.

Security experts said the Chand-led party announcement may not pose a big threat, but it could have significant psychological effects on security organs, the election commission and the government.

“Chand’s party may cause disruption in some places, but I don’t think it can thwart large-scale polls,” said Ganesh Adhikari, former head of the National Survey Department. “The party has lost its strength due to splits and has no solid organizational foundations, but it can certainly create a psychological threat.”

Adhikari, however, said the main threat to the upcoming elections comes from a lack of security personnel for the polls and there could also be some threat due to internal conflicts within the main political forces.

“We all know that security-related deployments are a challenge in single-phase elections, but the country has made up its mind,” Adhikari told the Post. “In the event of an incident, a response may take some time.”

Although the government has already appointed 115,000 temporary police officers, they are not enough to provide polling security as they lack even basic training.

According to Ministry of Interior sources, the government is preparing to deploy a total of about 300,000 security personnel, including 75,000 Nepalese army (in the outer circle), 65,000 Nepalese police, about 32,000 armed police and 115,000 temporary police.

A joint electoral operations center headed by a co-secretary of the Interior Ministry will come into effect from Sunday whose remit will include deploying security forces in an integrated manner, an Electoral Commission official said.

However, the government has taken stock of the activities of the political parties which have announced that they are boycotting the elections.

“We closely monitor their activities because they cannot prevent anyone, physically or psychologically, from voting,” said Bhattarai, information officer at the Home Ministry. “Although the party led by Chand has threatened to disrupt the polls, we have not yet considered a major threat from the team. We will act against those who try to disrupt the polls.

Anand Mahindra reacts as India’s ‘Last Tea Shop’ joins digital payment ecosystem. View Post

0

The Indian digital payment ecosystem is a revolution and a case study for the whole world. Several countries have started adopting UPI for person-to-person (P2P), person-to-merchant (P2M) and cross-border payments, such as Nepal, Singapore, Bhutan, Japan, Europe, Philippines, Vietnam, Cambodia and Hong Kong. , Taiwan, South Korea, etc.

Also on the home front, the United Payments Interface (UPI) has penetrated big cities, small towns, cities, districts and villages. On Saturday, industrialist Anand Mahindra shared a post on Twitter that showed the reach of the digital payment ecosystem. The Twitter post shared an image of a woman with a UPI QR code scanner at her tea shop. The photo was taken in Mana village, the last village in India located at 10,500 feet above sea level in Uttarakhand.

Anand Mahindra retweeted the image and wrote, “a picture is worth a thousand words”. The Chairman of Mahindra Group expressed his joy and praised India’s digital payment ecosystem. He wrote, “This captures the jaw-dropping scope and scale of India’s digital payments ecosystem. Jai ho!”. He also added three cheering emoji.

The village of Mana lies on the banks of the Saraswati River and about 5 km from Badrinath. The last Indian village is 24 km from the Indochinese border.

According to the latest data released by the National Payments Corporation of India (NPCI), transactions through UPI increased by 7.7% to 730 crore in October. And, the total value amounted to more than 12.11 lakh crore in October.

The data itself explains that India is the pioneer of the digital payment revolution.

Recently, the Managing Director and Managing Director of the National Payments Corporation of India (NPCI), Dilip Asbe, offered a UPI automatic payment offer to Elon Musk to support monthly payments.

“No worries, India has UPI AutoPay (7M new collection warrants approved/month) to collect anytime/month/quarter or annually as you wish dear twitter,” Asbe wrote in response to the tweet from Musk, also tagging the microblogging site.

“All complainers, please keep complaining, but it will cost $8,” Musk said in a tweet.

The Unified Payment Interface (UPI) operated by NPCI has been at the center of Indian digital payments history and has taken the electronic alternative to new heights.

Catch all the trade news, market news, breaking news and latest updates on Live Mint. Download the Mint News app to get daily market updates.

More less

From B2B to B2C, how EMotorad founders found the right partner for e-bikes in India

0

While the e-bike consumer segment is still at a very nascent stage in India – accounting for less than 1% of total bike sales – the industry is on the rise. According to KPMG, the size of the Indian bicycle market was pegged at $1.3 billion and is expected to reach $3.51 billion by 2030, with e-bikes representing the highest growth.

Rajib Gangopadhyay, Kunal Gupta, Aditya Oza and Sumedh Battewar recognized the potential of the segment early on and founded eMotorad  (EM) in 2020.

The Pune-based electric vehicle startup offers eco-friendly e-bikes for adventurers, daily commuters or occasional cyclists. The EV startup uses local sourcing and manufacturing capabilities in India to bring premium electric cycles to the Indian market.

It has since expanded its operations to Japan, the United Arab Emirates, Europe and Nepal. Along with onboarding over 160 dealerships in India, EM currently has a presence in 82 cities and towns in India and abroad.

LR: Kunal Gupta, Rajib Gangopadhyay, Sumedh Battewar and Aditya Oza

I loved this story” contenteditable=”false” data-new-ui=”true” data-explore-now-btn-text=”undefined” data-group-icon=”https://images.yourstory.com /assets/images/alsoReadGroupIcon.png” data-headline=”1882 people like this story”>

From B2B to B2C

The founders worked in the mobility industry for companies like ONN Bikes and My Ride.

“Our journey started as a B2B consulting company in European markets,” says Kunal Gupta, co-founder and CEO of EMotorad, saying he and his co-founders were consultants in 2017.

The founders worked as independent e-bike consultants for product and sales. They saw that there was a gap in the market for the e-bike segment and decided that it would be best for them to start a B2C business as they already had the knowledge and experience required.

During a brainstorming session, they came up with the idea for EMotorad.

“We recognized that electric vehicles were the future and we wanted to spearhead a revolution in this area,” says Kunal.

After extensive research, they launched EMotorad, a seeded B2C company, in 2020.

The original problem statement, Kunal shares, “was to help the world challenge the status quo of commuting for all and provide people with a cost-effective alternative to internal combustion vehicles.”

Their vision was to spread awareness of the benefits of e-bikes and change the way people think about mobility, with a focus on community and health.

Launched at the height of the COVID-19 pandemic, EMotorad faced several logistics and supply chain issues. “However, we held on, determined to break through and come out stronger than before, which has now reaped fantastic results as we see the demand for e-bikes in India increasing dramatically over the past few years,” adds Kunal.

I loved this story” contenteditable=”false” data-new-ui=”true” data-explore-now-btn-text=”undefined” data-group-icon=”https://images.yourstory.com /assets/images/alsoReadGroupIcon.png” data-headline=”1813 people like this story”>

And now?

In October this year, the EV brand raised Rs 24 crore in a pre-Series A funding round led by Green Frontier Capital (GFC) – an investment firm specializing in climate investing, LetsVenture and Ivy Growth Associates.

The startup aims to use the funds to accelerate business growth, hire top talent in the industry, and scale the business. Additionally, it also plans to create a layer of technology on top of the existing e-bike that will allow users to access a platform for the cycling community, focusing on health and community benefits.

EMotorad is a team of over 120 employees based in Pune and Spain. The company claims to sell over 35,000 units worldwide. Although the startup’s primary business model is B2C, it also has partnerships with B2B retailers.

Over the coming year, EMotorad plans to further develop its in-house technical team to deliver a host of innovations. It plans to expand its reach to international markets.

“We want to focus on R&D to make sure our e-bikes push the envelope on user-friendly technology and release new and improved products while building on a platform to help people become part of a wider community,” adds Kunal.

UFO Moviez India Q2 2023 Earnings: ₹2.40 loss per share (vs. ₹9.98 loss in 2Q 2022)

0

UFO Moviez India (NSE:UFO) Second Quarter 2023 Results

Main financial results

  • Revenue: ₹1.08 billion (up 317% from Q2 2022).
  • Net loss: ₹91.5m (Loss reduced by 68% from Q2 2022).
  • Loss of ₹2.40 per share (improvement from loss of ₹9.98 in 2Q 2022).
NSEI: UFO Revenue and Earnings History November 4, 2022

All figures shown in the table above are for the 12 month period (TTM)

UFO Moviez India stock price is broadly unchanged from a week ago.

Risk analysis

It is necessary to consider the ubiquitous spectrum of investment risk. We have identified 3 warning signs with UFO Moviez India (at least 1 which is potentially serious), and understanding them should be part of your investment process.

Valuation is complex, but we help make it simple.

Find out if UFO Moviez India is potentially overvalued or undervalued by viewing our full analysis, which includes fair value estimates, risks and warnings, dividends, insider trading and financial health.

See the free analysis

This Simply Wall St article is general in nature. We provide commentary based on historical data and analyst forecasts only using unbiased methodology and our articles are not intended to be financial advice. It is not a recommendation to buy or sell stocks and does not take into account your objectives or financial situation. Our goal is to bring you targeted long-term analysis based on fundamental data. Note that our analysis may not take into account the latest announcements from price-sensitive companies or qualitative materials. Simply Wall St has no position in the stocks mentioned.

Know the key rules introduced by the Government of Qatar for the 2022 FIFA World Cup

0

The hosts have imposed strict conditions on fans traveling to the country to watch the tournament this month

The row began after Qatar was awarded the hosting rights for the 2022 World Cup. From human rights abuses to workplace fatalities, while building stadiums for the World Cup, the Qatar has been in the spotlight ever since. Although they dismissed the claims, a report showed that a total of 6,500 migrant workers from India, Pakistan, Nepal, Bangladesh and Sri Lanka have died in Qatar since FIFA awarded the tournament. in Qatar in 2010.

Human rights activists, trade unions and the media have repeatedly documented Qatar’s atrocities, and many football players and other public figures have boycotted the 2022 World Cup.

Despite these problems, Qatar was granted hosting rights. It was also discovered that bribes had taken place between the Qatar bid committee and FIFA members and officials. Since then, some FIFA members, including Theo Zwanziger and ex-president Sepp Blatter in 2010, have expressed remorse over their decision to award Qatar the hosting rights to the world’s biggest sporting event.

But now that Qatar has been named host of the 2022 FIFA World Cup, here’s what fans need to know and do when visiting this winter. Qatar rules are mentioned below.

Trending Articles on World Football:
Top 10 players who could play their last World Cup in 2022
What will the weather be like during the Qatar 2022 World Cup?
Top 10 players with the most goals in the UEFA Champions League group stage

Rules issued by the Government of Qatar.

LGBTQIA controversy

Media and sports pundits have condemned Qatar’s mistreatment of gay men. There have been accusations that LGBTQIA people in Qatar have been subjected to mistreatment in prison and even imprisoned for seven years, Gay Times reported, and LGBTQIA people have been sentenced to death.

Qatar has even instituted “medical screening tests” to “identify” homosexuals and ban them from entering the country. However, in response to mounting media and player pressure, Qatar reversed its bans and said it would follow FIFA guidelines to promote tolerance of rainbow flags in stadiums. On September 21, Football Association CEO Mark Bullingham said LGBTQIA people would not be banned.

liquor law

Hassan Abdulla al Thawadi, chief executive of Qatar’s 2022 World Cup bid, said drinking alcohol in public spaces is prohibited as Qatar’s legal system is based on Sharia. However, alcohol zones will be constructed where supporters can consume alcohol. Fans may also bring alcohol and beverages into the stadium, but these will not be sold inside the stadiums.

Dress rules

Although football fans can wear whatever they want, they will not be allowed to remove their clothes inside the stadium. Fans will be required to cover their knees and shoulders when entering public spaces, museums or government buildings.

Public displays of affection and photography

Public displays of affection are banned in all parts of Qatar, and visiting supporters have been urged to follow the rules during the event.

While fans must get permission before photographing or filming anything. They should also be aware that photographing government-related items is prohibited.

For more updates, follow Khel Now on Facebook, Twitterand Instagram and join our community on Telegram.

Jessica Love: Getting ‘unstuck’ from payday loans

0

Have you ever had your car or truck stuck in the mud; and the harder you try to get out, the deeper your tires sink? I have.

So, I know from experience: unless you have the luxury of waiting for things to dry, you’re going to need some help – a push or a pull – to get unstuck.

And you’re probably going to feel a little embarrassed. I mean, technically, even if you had no intention of getting stuck, no one else was driving. Either you didn’t see the danger in front of you, or you thought it wouldn’t be so bad to go through it.

Even if you didn’t have a good way around it, or if you calculated the risk and thought you could get away with it, the fact remains that it happened and you were “at fault”. Come to think of it, you wish you had done something other than the fix you were looking for – the one that caused your tires to sink in mud and mud (for other “Little Blue Truck” fans).

Now imagine that the vehicle you are thinking of represents your family’s financial health and the process of “no more blocking” as a result of choosing the option to solve your short-term problem yourself – instead of asking for money. help or not to think of you had other options – represents a payday loan. The “solution” then becomes a bigger problem to solve than the original problem.

That’s about where the analogy ends, because muddy patches don’t have business models designed to keep you stuck, but payday lenders do. It’s by locking people in more that the profits are really made, where the interest rate eventually hits 391% in Indiana. And you really need to find a solution to your solution.

This is why I often refer to the payday loan industry as one of the most subsidized markets in existence – because government and non-profit resources are so often needed to lift people out of disasters caused by payday loans.

What if it didn’t have to be like this?

One way forward is policy change. For now, the onus is largely on Congress, and your legislative action will help make the Fair Credit for Veterans and Consumers Act – which will cap all payday loans at 36% – a reality. You can also ask your state legislators to impose a 36% cap. But until and even after the legislation is passed, many Hoosiers will still need a more responsible way to borrow.

What if there was another route?

What if most of the 88% of Hoosier voters polled who said they would like to see Indiana have a 36% wage rate cap — who are able to provide another way — have paved the way for a solution alternative for their employees and co-workers?

The impact, to reinforce my analogy, would be shattering for Hoosier families who lack the resources to weather a financial shock.

A specific “bypass” – previously available in only 23 counties – recently became available statewide. If you’re a business owner, or an HR representative, or just someone who wants to talk to your boss about providing a financially viable option to those in your workplace, the solution I present to you is the Community Loan Center program.

It is a small, affordable, employer-focused loan program. So what’s the problem ?

Well, as difficult as it may seem, there really isn’t. For companies enrolled in the program, the CLC program is provided as a benefit at no cost to the employer. Employers literally only have to: 1) confirm employment when a loan is requested and 2) set up a payroll deduction in accordance with the employee’s repayment plan. By doing so, they instantly gain employees who are less stressed and more present for their work.

Made available through non-profit organisations, this affordable 12 month loan is designed to get people into or out of debt instead of trapping them. (CLC loans can be used to repay payday loans.) The reason is simple: nonprofit providers offering this program would rather focus their resources on improving a family’s economic trajectory than on bail out from the earthquake that stems from a payday loan.

Just think about how you could bring this alternative to your workplace – and actually help solve a colleague’s short-term financial problem in a way that makes it manageable and gets people out of trouble without getting stuck. .

Jessica Love is the executive director of Prosperity Indiana, a statewide membership organization for individuals and organizations strengthening Hoosier communities. This commentary was previously posted on indianacapitalchronicle.com. Send feedback to [email protected]

Stocks to Watch: Adani Transmission, Mahindra Finance, Dabur, PNB, JSW Steel

0

Here is the list of the 10 main actions that will be in the spotlight today:

Adani transmission: Adani Transmission on Wednesday announced a 32% drop in its consolidated net profit to 194 crores in the September quarter compared to a year ago, mainly due to an unfavorable adjustment in currency movements. The company explained in a statement that in the second quarter of FY23, the consolidated PAT (profit after tax) or net profit of 194 crore was lower year on year. The consolidated net profit of the company amounts to 289 crores during the quarter ended September 30, 2021.

JSW Steel: JSW Steel aims to expand its capacity to 50 million tonnes from the existing 27 million tonnes by 2030, its group chairman Sajjan Jindal said on Wednesday. The expansion will involve both green site and brownfield projects. JSW Group will bid for PSUs like Rashtriya Ispat Nigam Ltd (RINL) and iron ore producer NMDC Ltd’s steel plant as they are divested, Jindal said.

JK paper: JK Paper announced on Wednesday that it had more than doubled its consolidated net profit to 326.93 crores in the second quarter of FY23, helped by higher sales volume and better sales realization. The company recorded a net profit of 118.38 crores in the July-September period a year ago, JK Paper said in a regulatory filing. Its operating revenue increased by 72.34% to 1,722.63 crores. He stood at 999.51 crores in the corresponding quarter of last year.

National Bank of Punjab: Punjab National Bank (PNB) on track to achieve recovery target 32,000 crore bad debts in the current financial year, Managing Director and CEO Atul Kumar Goel said on Wednesday. The recovery goal is to 32,000 crore for the current fiscal year and it is about 8,000 crore per quarter, Goel told reporters on a post-quarter earnings call. “During the June quarter, we recovered 7,057 crore. During the September quarter, the full recovery was 8,564 crore,” Goel said.

India: Giant FMCG, Dabur shares will become ex-dividend on November 3. The company announced a 250% dividend for its shareholders and set November 4 as the record date. Thus, the shares will become ex-dividend one day before the record date. Dabur had a decent second quarter for FY23, with the food and beverage sector leading the growth. The majority of experts offered to buy Dabur shares with a target price between 600 to 700 to come.

Finance Mahindra: Mahindra & Mahindra Financial Services (Mahindra Finance) announced on Wednesday a drop of more than 55% in its net profit to 492 crore in the quarter ended September 2022. In the same prior year quarter ended September 2021, it had posted a net profit of 1,103 crores. Total revenue increased by 3% to reach 3,029 crores in the quarter under review vs. 2,951 crores in the corresponding quarter of last year, it said in a statement.

Manali Petrochemicals: Petrochemicals manufacturing company Manali Petrochemicals Ltd reported an after-tax autonomous profit (PAT) at 11.71 crores for the second quarter ending September 30, 2022, the company announced on Wednesday. The company that is part of AM International, Singapore, had reported a standalone PAT to 119.62 crores in the corresponding quarter of the previous year. Autonomous turnover for the quarter under review amounts to 267.22 crores, against 407.80 crore during the same period last year.

Dalmia Bharat: The cement manufacturer Dalmia Bharat Ltd announced on Wednesday a drop of 76.84% in its consolidated net profit at 47 crores for the quarter ended September. The company recorded a net profit of 203 crores in the July-September quarter a year ago, Dalmia Bharat said in a regulatory filing. Its operating revenue increased by 15.11% to 2,971 crores in the second quarter of the current fiscal year. In the period a year ago, the same amounted to 2,581 crore.

ICT: Indian logistics and supply chain management company Transport Corporation of India (TCI) plans to strengthen its operations in neighboring Nepal and Bangladesh while expanding into Sri Lanka. The move is part of the company’s plan to become a major logistics player in the South Asian region which is experiencing booming trade and with it the potential for greater movement of goods.

Mahindra Holidays: Mahindra Holidays & Resorts India Ltd on Wednesday announced a 30% drop in its consolidated after-tax profit at 41.39 crores in the second quarter ended September 30, 2022, impacted by higher expenses. The company had generated a consolidated profit after tax of 59.76 crores in the same period of the previous financial year, Mahindra Holidays & Resorts India Ltd (MHRIL) said in a regulatory filing.

Catch all the trade news, market news, breaking news and latest updates on Live Mint. Download the Mint News app to get daily market updates.

More less

Payday Loan Services Market with Considerable Growth by 2029 JD Credit, Credit 36????5, Amaze Credit

0

New Jersey, United States, November 02, 2022 /Digital newspaper/ The Payday Loan Services market research report provides all the insights related to the industry. He gives insights to the markets by providing his client with authentic data that helps him make essential decisions. It provides an overview of the market which includes its definition, applications and developments, and manufacturing technology. This Payday Loan Services Market research report tracks all the recent developments and innovations in the market. It gives the data regarding the hurdles while establishing the business and guides to overcome the upcoming challenges and hurdles.

Payday loans are often marketed to consumers who need money fast and are generally easier to obtain than other financial services. In many cases, consumers only need ID, proof of income, and a bank account to be approved. Lenders often ignore credit checks and quickly approve applicants. Factors such as increased awareness of payday loans among the younger generation are driving the growth of the markets. Additionally, the increasing adoption of advanced technologies by payday lenders is driving market growth.

Get the sample PDF copy (including full TOC, graphs and tables) of this report @:

https://a2zmarketresearch.com/sample-request

Competitive Landscape:

This Payday Loan Services research report sheds light on the major market players thriving in the market; it tracks their business strategies, financial status, and upcoming products.

Some of the major companies influencing this market include:JD Credit, 365 Credit, Amaze Credit, Able Loans, Quick Credit, EarlySalary, Cash Advance Credit, Max Credit, A1 Credit, Raffles Credit, Cashmax Payday Loans,

Market scenario:

First, this Payday Loan Service research report introduces the market by providing an overview including definitions, applications, product launches, developments, challenges, and regions. The market is expected to show strong development thanks to stimulated consumption in various markets. An analysis of current market designs and other basic characteristics is provided in the Payday Loans Service report.

Regional coverage:

The regional coverage of the market is mentioned in the report, mainly focusing on the regions:

  • North America
  • South America
  • Asia and Pacific Region
  • Middle East and Africa
  • Europe

Market segmentation analysis

The market is segmented on the basis of type, product, end users, raw materials, etc. segmentation helps provide an accurate explanation of the market

Market Segmentation: By Type

Financial support from the platform
Off-platform financial support

Market Segmentation: By Application

Personal
Retirees
Others

For any query or customization: https://a2zmarketresearch.com/ask-for-customization

An assessment of market attractiveness regarding the competition that new players and products are likely to present to older ones has been provided in the publication. The research report also mentions the innovations, new developments, marketing strategies, branding techniques, and products of key players in the global Payday Loan Services market. To present a clear view of the market, the competitive landscape has been thoroughly analyzed using value chain analysis. The opportunities and threats present in the future for the major market players have also been highlighted in the publication.

This report aims to provide:

  • A qualitative and quantitative analysis of current trends, dynamics and estimates from 2022 to 2029.
  • Analytical tools such as SWOT analysis and Porter’s five forces analysis are used, which explains the ability of buyers and suppliers to make profit-oriented decisions and strengthen their business.
  • The in-depth market segmentation analysis helps to identify existing market opportunities.
  • Ultimately, this Payday Loans Service report saves you time and money by providing unbiased information under one roof.

Contents

Global Payday Loan Services Market Research Report 2022-2029

Chapter 1 Payday Loan Services Market Overview

Chapter 2 Global Economic Impact on Industry

Chapter 3 Global Market Competition by Manufacturers

Chapter 4 Global Production, Revenue (Value) by Region

Chapter 5 Global Supply (Production), Consumption, Export, Import by Regions

Chapter 6 Global Production, Revenue (Value), Price Trend by Type

Chapter 7 Global Market Analysis by Application

Chapter 8 Manufacturing Cost Analysis

Chapter 9 Industrial Chain, Sourcing Strategy and Downstream Buyers

Chapter 10 Marketing Strategy Analysis, Distributors/Traders

Chapter 11 Market Effect Factors Analysis

Chapter 12 Global Payday Loan Services Market Forecast

Buy an exclusive report @: https://www.a2zmarketresearch.com/checkout

Contact us:

Roger Smith

1887 WHITNEY MESA DR HENDERSON, NV 89014

[email protected]

+1 775 237 4157

G Adventures launches new trips for 2023 – Travel Weekly

0

G Adventures has been hard at work designing a host of new adventures for the New Year, with a focus on getting off the beaten path, being active in some of the world’s most breathtaking places and rediscovering “that feeling” that only travel can provide. .

With so many more people accessible since 2020, G Adventures is confident that 2023 will be a big year for adventure travel.

Whether it’s thrilling challenges like climbing Mount Toubkal in Morocco and hiking Iceland’s less traveled south coast, tasting authentic moles in Mexico’s gastronomic heartland and experiencing Bhutan’s mystical mountains, these new adventures cover G Adventures’ classic and active travel styles, and range from 4 to 12 days.

The range of new trips is varied, but they all share G Adventures’ commitment to local cultural experiences and to ensuring that the local communities visited benefit from welcoming travelers.

Sean Martin, general manager of G Adventures in APAC, said the new trips offer new ways to see some of G Adventures’ most popular sites as the operator’s schedule expands for the first time since the pandemic.

“Our new Classic trips provide even more immersive and authentic experiences for travelers who give back to local communities, and our new Active trips capitalize on the continued post-pandemic trend of getting out into the wild,” said Martin.

A selection of new trips for 2023 include:

The many facets of Mexico: from Puerto Vallarta to Oaxaca – This 15-day classic-style trip takes travelers through the interior of Mexico, visiting culturally rich cities and visiting the G for Good Alebrijes Artisan Community project in Oaxaca – a collective of local artisans who make sculptures on complex woods that help support the local economy.

The Moroccan coast and Marrakech – Beginning and ending in Marrakech, this eight-day trip combines the sunny beaches of Morocco with the unmissable excitement of Marrakech. Take part in a tagine-making demonstration, dine in a souk in Agadir, hike to a waterfall, and sip tea in a Berber village with a local family.

Hiking in South Iceland – This six-day active style trip will get your heart pumping. Beginning and ending in Reykjavik, travelers will hike the scenic Múlagljúfur Canyon, a little-known gem that evokes fairy tales, visit waterfalls and lagoons, and even climb a glacier.

Adventure in India and Nepal – From bustling Delhi to the wonder of the Taj Mahal, India will captivate you from day one. Visit Jaipur, the Pink City, and marvel at its unique architecture. After a week of spices and colors, continue the adventure in Nepal. Warmth and hospitality greet you as you discover why Nepal is on everyone’s bucket list.

Banks have increased their lending rates. Does it have more disadvantages than advantages? – myRepublic

0

KATHMANDU, November 1: The new lending rates adopted by the country’s commercial banks which came into effect on Tuesday October 18 show an increase from those previously employed. Creditors now have to pay up to 18% interest for the money they borrow from banks. With soaring inflation and the depletion of foreign exchange reserves, the increase in lending rates reflects a liquidity crisis in the country which does not seem to have defused over time.

Unlike deposit rates, lending rates can only be changed quarterly. Recent publications from the country’s 26 commercial banks show an increase in their lending rates implemented from the third month of the 2022/23 financial year. The change in lending rates is the first observed in the current fiscal year. With an interest rate of 18.28%, Bank of Kathmandu has the highest lending rate among the 26 banks while Rastriya Banijya Bank has the lowest at 12.86%. A bank’s lending rate is determined by adding a certain premium rate to its base rate. The average commercial bank base rate in the last quarter of the previous fiscal year was 9.45%. It currently stands at 9.92% with only 10 banks having a base rate below the average.

After the previous financial year left the nation uncertain about the prospects for economic stability following the tumultuous period of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Nepal Rastra Bank (NRB), like most central banks, announced in July that it was going to adopt a restrictive policy. Monetary Policy. The policy would seek to address current account and balance of payments (BOP) deficits that have led to the depletion of foreign exchange reserves in the country, threatening the liquidity of the banking system.

As part of its restrictive policy, NRB has increased the discount rate, the statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) and the cash reserve ratio (CRR). The increase in these ratios limits the ability of banks to inject money into the markets, putting pressure on interest rates. Similarly, deposits also don’t seem to have increased much over the past few months. A recent NRB report covering the last two months revealed that deposits with banks and financial institutions (BFIs) fell by 0.9%. This indicates that the banks have collected less money and therefore have fewer loans to provide.

“Lending rates depend on the demand and supply of funds. The money supply in the banks has been compromised and the effects have trickled down to lending rates,” commented former NRB employee Keshav Acharya on the increase in lending rates.

“Restricting the demand for loans would also reduce imports and conserve foreign exchange reserves which help to improve the balance of payments,” explains Nara Bahadur Thapa, former executive director of the NRB. The NRB report reveals that over the past two months, the BOP has remained at a deficit of Rs 23.68 billion. This means that more money is leaving the economy than it is entering. The improvement in the balance of payments would inject more liquidity into the economy. “We need to work to bring our balance of payments back into surplus, which would help bring more liquid assets into the country in the form of foreign currency,” Thapa said.

“However, there are also downsides to raising interest rates. It can slow down economic activities, which can have a negative impact on jobs and economic growth, adds Thapa. more costly borrowing Stock investors would be discouraged from making large investments, which would weaken the stock market Domestic businesses, especially small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs), which were already struggling as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic 19, will have more difficulty accessing funds to continue their activities. This may lead to the closure of some of them, which can lead to job losses. In other cases, the surge in production costs would propel rising commodity prices, exacerbating inflation in the country Inflation in the second month of FY 2022/23 remained at 8.65%, 5.15% higher than the same period the n last.

The private sector and organizations like the Federation of Nepalese Chambers of Commerce and Industry (FNCCI) have shown their dissatisfaction with the rise in interest rates, saying it will stifle domestic industry. While even the Ministry of Finance has asked banks to avoid interest rate hikes, people like Acharya believe that if banks want to survive they should charge higher rates.

“More than an appropriate measure, that’s what the circumstances pushed,” Thapa said. He believes that if there had been more foreign direct investment, foreign aid as expected, a significant improvement in the tourism industry and an increase in our exports, there would not have been such pressures on interest rates.

With Russia’s 2022 invasion of Ukraine still dragging on, fears of a global recession are looming. Countries like Nepal, which depend on imports and foreign aid, will be greatly affected by phenomena like this. Although there is already great pressure on the external sector, Nepal needs to reduce its dependence on the external sector if it is to protect itself from the potential damage of a global recession. Raising interest rates is one such measure. “Since a rise in interest rates helps reduce imports, it also helps reduce pressure on the external sector,” Thapa said.

However, raising the interest rate would not be enough to reduce imports. “Import substitution of products such as fuel and food is also needed,” adds Acharya. Fuel and food, in addition to being among the basic products that the country imports the most, are also the main causes of the current inflation of the economy. “Growing our own rice and paddy and encouraging the use of electric cars are among the ways our country can use to save us a significant amount of imports,” Acharya said.

Between droughts and floods

0

The year 2022 has been marked by record extreme weather events around the world, resulting in droughts and deluges.

And the phenomenon is increasing and increasingly unpredictable.

From “climate carnage” in Pakistan to millennial floods, severe droughts and temperature records around the world, the warnings have made headlines, causing untold suffering for millions and loss of life. and incalculable goods.

And all of this is happening sooner than expected in a world reeling from the socio-economic aftermath of the pandemic and the war in Ukraine, which has directly affected food security, forcing countries to impose food bans and tariffs. export.

Climatologist Santosh Nepal, who studies water resources and climate change at the International Water Management Institute in Nepal, says extreme weather events have increased dramatically over the years and become more frequent.

“In 2021, we witnessed 1,000-year-long floods followed by devastating wildfires around the world. This year has been marked by record heat waves followed by the worst floods on record,” says Nepal, which is also one of the authors of global and regional assessment reports, including the report of the Intergovernmental Panel on the evolution of the climate.

“All recent scientific studies indicate that there is a rapid onset of unexpected (non-seasonal) and more dangerous events as they have immediate impacts compared to a slow onset of disasters that take time to develop.”

And there’s new writing on the wall.

Last week, a new report from the United Nations Environment Program issued a stark warning that the world faces a “rapidly closing window” to limit global warming to well below 2C or 1C, 5C this century.

The new report also says meeting global climate goals now requires a “rapid transformation of societies” to avoid dangerous levels of warming, as it warns the world is likely heading for a warming of around 2.6C in within existing policies.

“A warmer climate will intensify very wet and very dry weather and climate events and seasons, with implications for flooding or drought,” says Mandira Singh Shrestha, Program Coordinator for Climate Services at the International Center for Integral Development. mountains.

“We are seeing a change in regional weather patterns and water cycles in Nepal. This year, the late monsoon retreat of a fortnight has brought continuous rainfall across Dashain in central and western Nepal, resulting in floods and landslides.

But the 15-day delay in the withdrawal of the monsoon was enough to hammer Nepal with tragic consequences for the population. Lives have been lost in flash floods and landslides, leaving a trail of devastation.

According to the National Authority for Disaster Risk Reduction and Management, the 100-day monsoon has killed at least 92 people and injured 61.

Government data also shows that 11 people went missing and 5,465 were displaced across the country in 344 incidents of floods, landslides and heavy rains.

While western Nepal has been hardest hit by the relentless rains, scientists say parts of the region have seen less rainfall due to increased rainfall variability, leaving farmers facing less water availability. water and causing an almost drought situation affecting paddy cultivation.

The impacts of the climate crisis on agriculture are already a threat to Nepal’s food security and economy. According to the Ministry of Agriculture, last year alone, untimely rains in October caused a loss of 325,258 tons of paddy worth about Rs 8.26 billion.

“It’s getting harder and harder to predict the weather as we saw last year in western Nepal, which had record rainfall for two weeks after the monsoon,” says Nepal, which spent the past 16 years studying river basins and climate change in South Asia.

“The late retreat of the monsoon this year also resulted in a deluge and although the damage was relatively less, it is a worrying phenomenon that requires more research and consequent adaptation solutions for agriculture.”

Extreme rainfall, flash floods and landslides caused by unseasonal rains, prolonged drought, snow and hail storms and avalanches have been intense and recurrent in Nepal lately, threatening mountain tourism and even forcing villages to migrate.

Scientific literature in recent years has also warned that Nepal’s climate is likely to become hotter and wetter, and its impacts will only become more deadly.

According to a 2019 report “Climate Change Scenarios for Nepal” published by the Ministry of Forestry and Environment, the average temperature for all seasons is expected to increase by 1.7 C to 3.6 C by 2100 and precipitation, with the exception of the pre-monsoon season, could increase. from 11 to 23%.

The projections are alarming because a warming earth is also a more humid earth. For every 1°C increase in temperature, the atmosphere can hold 7% more moisture, say scientists who say extreme weather events are the consequence of an intensification of the global water cycle due to rising global temperatures and how it distributes water around the planet, influenced by the human-accelerated climate crisis. (The water cycle is a natural process in which liquid water evaporates into vapour, condenses to form clouds, and rushes to earth in rain, snow, or hail.)

According to scientists, the global water cycle is a continuous movement of water through the climate system from its liquid, solid and gaseous forms among reservoirs in the ocean, atmosphere, cryosphere and earth.

As recent and past disasters have shown, water (or lack thereof) is an essential component of extreme weather events. Any disruption of the water cycle is therefore essential to our environment and our survival, but how exactly does the climate crisis disrupt the water cycle and how does it influence climatic conditions?

“Rising temperature and warming of the atmosphere lead not only to changes in precipitation, but also in the rate of evaporation,” says Shrestha, who specializes in disaster risk management.

“Changes in land use and land cover also drive regional changes in the water cycle through their influence on surface waters and [earth’s] energy balance. (In simple terms, the Earth’s energy balance is the balance between the energy the Earth receives from the sun and the energy that returns to space.)

The energy balance is therefore essential to establish the Earth’s climate by maintaining a relatively constant temperature.

But a significant imbalance in the energy balance mainly due to human activities has increased the amount of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases and aerosols in the atmosphere.

Scientists say this imbalance is increasing temperatures on earth, contributing to a global increase in atmospheric humidity and rainfall intensity with deadly consequences. At the same time, the water cycle takes a direct hit and accelerates.

“Due to global warming and temperature increase, the water cycle is changing and is believed to be intensifying through greater water exchange between the surface and the atmosphere,” says Shrestha.

The increase in temperature results in warmer air, leading to dry land and more water vapour, which has two major impacts on the world: drought and flooding.

A geographically diverse Nepal is already reeling from the twin impacts of the disrupted water cycle: drought and heat waves during the growing season and heavy rains, downpours and landslides during the harvest season.

“Changes in the water cycle are leading to prolonged droughts with longer dry seasons,” warns Shrestha as she recalls last year’s wildfires which followed an unusually dry winter and high levels of air pollution.

Short-lived extreme rainfall events were also observed across the country, leading to more recurrent flash floods and landslides than before and occurring even at higher altitudes with disastrous consequences for people and infrastructure, such as witness Manang and Melamchi last year.

“There is a change in the nature of precipitation, with precipitation occurring at higher altitudes, leading to cascading disasters and economic losses,” says Shrestha.

“The late monsoon rains of 2022 also resulted in a number of avalanches affecting the mountaineering expedition.”

In high mountain regions where glacier retreat is permanent, snow accumulation has recently been delayed. There is less snow and it melts earlier as temperatures rise, which has a direct impact on the country’s snow-capped rivers.

“Globally, the frequency of intense precipitation events is projected to increase while the frequency of all precipitation events is projected to decrease, leading to the seemingly contradictory projection of concurrent increases in droughts and floods,” says Shrestha.

How to apply for a payday loan with Viva Payday Loans today

0


A payday loan can be your solution if you need money quickly. Applying for a payday loan is easy, and Viva Payday Loans can help you get the money you need with as little hassle as possible.

In this blog post, we’ll walk you through the application process step by step to get your loan approved as quickly as possible.

What is a payday loan and why is it important?

A payday loan is a short-term loan where you can borrow money against your next paycheck. Payday loans are usually small, ranging from $100 to $500, and are meant to help you out until your next payday.

Payday loans can come in handy in a variety of situations, including paying for an unexpected car repair or covering a bill due before your next paycheck arrives. Whatever the reason, a payday loan can give you the financial help you need.

Payday loan application process with Viva Payday Loans

Applying for a payday loan with Viva Payday Loans is quick and easy. We understand that when you need money, you need it fast. that’s why we offer fast payday loans online. Below is a step-by-step guide on how to apply for a payday loan with us:

1. Fill in your personal information

First, complete our online application form with your personal information. This includes your name, contact information and employment information. Next, please select the amount you need and how long you intend to pay it back.

Once you have done this, click “Apply Now” to apply for the loan. We will then review your application and decide whether or not to approve the loan. We will then contact you to inform you of the outcome of the decision.

2. Provide proof of income

The next step is to provide proof of your income. This can be in the form of a pay stub, bank statement, or other type of document proving that you have a regular source of income. Once you have provided this information, the lender will usually ask you to fax or email it, after which they will review your application and make a decision.

If you are approved for a payday loan, the lender will usually deposit the money into your bank account the next business day. You can then use the money for whatever purpose you see fit. Just be sure to repay the loan on time, as failure can result in high fees and interest.

3. Fill in your bank details

Once you have provided proof of income, the next step is to provide us with your bank details. This includes your account number, routing number, and name as it appears on your statement. You may also need a social security number to perform a soft credit check.

This will not affect your credit rating and is used to verify your identity and to ensure that you qualify for a loan. With this information, we can deposit your loan money directly into your account and set up direct debits so that you can pay off your loan without hassle.

4. Accept the fees and terms

Once we have all the necessary information from you, we will review your loan agreement. This document will outline the terms and conditions of your payday loan, including the repayment schedule, fees, and interest charges. Please take the time to read and understand this agreement before signing it.

If you have any questions about the loan agreement, our customer service representatives will be happy to help you. Once you are ready to sign, electronic sign online or return the signed contract by fax or mail. We will process your loan and get your money as soon as possible!

5. Receive your loan

You will receive your loan in one business day or less if you are approved for a payday loan with Viva Payday Loans. The funds will be deposited directly into your bank account and you can use them immediately.

That aside, Viva Payday Loans offers plenty of convenient repayment options. You can choose to pay off your loan in full on your next payday, or you can make smaller payments over a specific period. There are no penalties for early repayment; you will not be charged interest until you have taken out the loan.

Final Thoughts

Applying for a payday loan with Viva Payday Loans is simple and convenient. The application process only takes a few minutes and you can apply for a loan online or over the phone. Once you submit your request, the funds will be deposited into your bank account within 24 hours.

This is paid advertising. The loan websites reviewed are loan matching services, not direct lenders. Therefore, they are not directly involved in the acceptance of your loan application. Applying for a loan with the websites does not guarantee acceptance of a loan. This article does not provide financial advice, please seek the assistance of a financial advisor if you need financial assistance. Loans available only to US residents. The owner of the loan website(s) may be paid by a third party if you apply for a loan.

DISABILITY AND DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS – a community crowdfunding project in Norwich by DDP UK

0

From disability to sustainability in Nepal

All over the world, people with disabilities face inequality and exclusion from opportunity. These are serious and growing problems in the UK, but much worse for the many people with disabilities who live in low-income countries where less support is available.

Around a quarter of Nepal’s population lives in poverty, which disproportionately affects people with disabilities who face barriers to education, training and employment. DDP has planned an ambitious 3-year program, in collaboration with local disabled people’s organizations (led by people with their own lived experience of disability) to change the lives of people currently living in poverty, in rural and urban areas of Nepal where we know we can have an impact.

We need to raise £40,000 for the initial costs of this work, which will be reimbursed by international grants for each of the next three years. As a small charity, we don’t have large reserves of our own or the freedom to take out commercial loans, but we bring 30 years of commitment, experience and solidarity. Your support – big or small – will allow us to start working with a dedicated fund that will be recycled many times over.

It’s up to you whether you want to make a donation (ideally with Gift Aid, if you’re a UK taxpayer) or a loan, 90% of which can be repaid to you after the three years are up. If you choose to donate, we will continue to invest in new livelihood opportunities after the 3-year rolling program ends. Our aim is to reach our goal of £40,000 by December 31, 2022.

Here is what we want to do and why:

  • In rural and urban districts, we will create women-led self-help groups whose members can develop and start new businesses, save money regularly and access loans and support.
  • In the capital Kathmandu, relevant and accessible vocational training will be provided in the skills required by people – and the labor market.
  • And we will campaign to advocate for disability-inclusive employment through the media, raising awareness of the many contributions this ‘largest minority’ can make, and celebrating and promoting disability-confident employers.

There are advantages ! In addition to the satisfaction of knowing that you have changed your life, you will also receive:

Individual commitments

£20 – a postcard from Nepal

£40 – handmade friendship bracelet

£60 – Nepalese scarf or garment

£100 – a bag of Nepali handicraft goodies

£200+ – name your own goat! Goats are the mainstay of the rural economy: fodder is readily available and, as it multiplies, a family’s “goat bank” can be turned into medical, educational or welfare expenses when needed. small business.

£500 – an invitation to a DDP event in the UK with a Nepalese theme

£1,000 – for serious travellers…a chance to meet DDP’s local partners in Kathmandu and see for yourself what disability activism entails. The perfect prelude or complement to your post-lockdown trek! NOT “development tourism” (and our colleagues cannot help with flights, accommodation, etc.), but a personalized insight into social justice work.

Whatever level you choose, we will keep you up to date with news and progress in Nepal.

Corporate commitments

Perhaps you are an employer in the UK interested in diversity, representation and more inclusive workplaces? We can offer businesses the opportunity to exercise their social responsibility by pledging to match individual donations – up to the cap you choose.

You can help by spreading the campaign among staff, colleagues and customers, and DDP can visit virtually or in person to explain the program to your staff.

Nepalese restaurants

Nepali restaurants and other businesses across the UK are invited to participate: could you repost this crowdfunding on your social media, host an event, fundraise, invite bill donations or even match individual donations up to to a certain amount?

Please contact us and get involved!

Thank you so much for helping us ensure that people with disabilities have a fair chance to improve their lives.

“Hope is scarce in Madhesh this election season”

0

Ready to trot out for the November 20 elections, Nepal’s political parties have started the election campaign – they’re holding informal rallies and interacting with locals. Two electoral alliances, one led by the Nepalese Congress and the other by the CPN-UML, are competing for the ballot boxes. Of the two main Madhesh-based parties, the Janata Samajbadi party has partnered with the UML-led alliance, while the Loktantrik Samajbadi party is with the Congress-led one. As election day approaches, how do observers view the political scenario? And how should Madhesh-based parties fare? The Posyouit is Nishan Khatiwada spoke to a political analyst Tula Narayan Shah for the answers.

The legislative and provincial elections are in less than a month. How do you observe this election compared to that of 2017?

Nepalese politics became too fragmented ahead of the November elections. Political parties have no agenda. The public generally wants the emergence of a new leadership and stability of power after the elections. If recent developments are any guide, future polls will fill neither – the same old faces will emerge as leaders, and there is no prospect of stable power. Only an alliance will obtain the majority. However, the alliances did not foresee any post-election steps. Nobody knows who they will project as the next prime minister. This could lead to political instability. Moreover, the next elections lack charm.

On the contrary, the 2017 elections had charm because the politics revolved around the newly enacted constitution, India’s blockade was still fresh in people’s minds, people were still holding heated debates about the blockade and polarization existed on the issue of ‘nationalism’. Society was emotionally charged in the name of “nationalism”, and Madhesh had seen the polarization of Madheshis and others while other parts of the country had witnessed a polarization of communists and others. Emotion and polarization make the election appealing, something November polls lack.

What is the political situation of Madhesh and Madhesh-based parties?

Madhesh politics is mired in crisis, and it raises no hopes for the upcoming polls. Madhesh-based parties had agendas in the 2017 elections – they protested the promulgation of the constitution and lured voters saying they would push for amending the constitution to meet their demands. But when they came to power, they did not keep their promises – they could not press to create a situation conducive to constitutional amendment. Instead, they got mired in the quagmire of power politics. Due to their inability to vocally defend Madhesh’s agendas, Madheshis are disassociating themselves from regional parties and have yet to associate themselves with new parties. At the same time, the new parties are not mature enough. People are angry and frustrated between attachment and detachment. The health, education and standard of living situation is worse. Everything is in chaos.

What are the prospects of the two main Madhesh-based parties in the upcoming polls?

The Janata Samajbadi party and the Loktantrik Samajbadi party will fare poorly in the polls as they lack public confidence. They will get fewer seats than in the last election. The Loktantrik Samajbadi party will experience a worse performance than the Janata Samajbadi party.

What is your opinion on the change of alliances of the Janata Samajbadi Party and the Loktantrik Samajbadi Party at the last hour?

The small parties that emerged from ethnic and regional politics showed similar characteristics: they seek the advantages and protection of their existence and practice the politics of opportunism. The same goes for the Janata Samajbadi party and the Loktantrik Samajbadi party, as they have deviated from their main programs.

The alliance partners affirmed that the partnership will go a long way. What do you think of the longevity of alliances?

I doubt they will continue after the elections. Alliance partners need a common manifesto, programs and a common leader to project themselves as prime minister. Thus, after the elections, instability will surface in Nepalese politics. One among the Congress and the UML will be the largest party. On the other hand, the Maoist Center wants to hold the key to power as a third force and wants a post of prime minister. So I doubt the alliance will go far.

What is the situation of emerging parties in Madhesh?

Generally, in the case of the new forces, the first election is used to establish their identity, the second to help defeat a powerful party and the third to win the election. CK Raut’s Janamat party is campaigning in Madhesh, but I don’t think it will bring strong results in the upcoming polls. The main parties based in Madhesh will shrink, and the emerging parties in Madhesh do not raise much hope.

What about their potential?

There are eight districts in Madhesh province, with 32 federal parliamentary seats. How many parties can play and engage in such a small space? The Congress, the UML, the Maoist Center and the Madhesh parties are already active there. Some new parties have already appeared. How many parties can hold now? It’s not very easy for newcomers. Moreover, the Congress and the UML have long held and maintained supremacy in the organs of security, bureaucracy and justice. Thus, the emergence and growth of new parties is an arduous journey in Madhesh.

It is said that although the Madhesh-based parties have abandoned their main programs, the Madhesh issue is dormant, and it will turn into a movement when the time is right. What are you saying?

Dalits and women have bigger agendas than Madhesis. Have they already obtained their rights properly? A movement is only created when agenda, organization and leadership come together. The Madhesh-based parties had all three – to some extent – ​​but the major political parties dominated their stronghold. Moreover, over the past five years, Madhesh-based parties have not been able to function as expected. People seek to be delivered by political parties.

Is federalism not appropriate for Nepal? Many voices are heard repeatedly to assert that federalism is not suited to the nation.

The groups that dominate Nepalese politics claim so. Moreover, Brahman and Chhetri are so powerful in Nepalese politics and other areas that they don’t need federalism. Why would federalism be necessary for those who govern Nepal’s economy and politics? These groups therefore say that federalism is not necessary.

Federalism is necessary for regions with diverse societies. Nepalese societies are a mixture of many ethnicities, but only a few of them govern and dominate the state. Due to diversity, federalism has become necessary to ensure the implementation of state-guaranteed rights for each group or community and ethnicity.

What are the three major mistakes made by Madhesh-based parties after the 2017 elections?

The Madhesh movement’s roadmap was clear before the 2017 elections. They had clear reasons for the movement – changing the electoral system, federalism, reservation and addressing citizenship issues. After the elections, where they performed well, they do not yet have a roadmap for their steps. It was their first mistake. A roadmap for social transformation is crucial for successful political parties. But they got involved blindly in the politics of power. Second, they failed to create a situation conducive to national consensus because they needed a two-thirds majority to amend the constitution. They failed to recognize that they needed to woo the three major parties together. Instead, they began to play with the intra-partisan polarization of mainstream mainstream parties. A party can come to power by playing on polarization but cannot amend the constitution. Third, they focused only on financial interests and got involved in corruption.

Young people are speaking out against the repetition of the same old faces through campaigns like “No, not yet”. How do you see it?

Many have entered the aggression phase, as evidenced by local polls in May. Voters first enter the trust stage – they trust parties, candidates or leaders with delivery and voting. After the failure of the parties, they enter the phase of aggression. People in general are angry with the leaders they voted for earlier, but lack a clear picture. They don’t seem to know whether they should vote or not. If so, they cannot find suitable candidates. The campaign alludes to a similar circumstance. However, such campaigns are effective in urban areas, not in rural areas.

Caste-based politics are said to matter a lot in Madhesh. Is it true?

Caste politics was practiced all over the country, not just in Madhesh. If there hadn’t been caste-based voting in the hills, wouldn’t there be more Dalit candidates who would have won there? All cultures and traditions from birth to death are fulfilled based on caste. How can the vote just not be based on caste?

The so-called upper castes say that Dalits practice caste-based politics because they voted for Dalit candidates. But forget that they favor high caste candidates and are hesitant to vote for Dalits. Caste has been a fundamental factor in Nepal’s electoral politics – class and power are the next two. In the Rastriya Panchayat, Thakuri and Chettris dominated, and in all three elections after 1990 the Brahmins dominated. What was that? It was a caste policy.

Nepali Congress promises to resolve border issues with India in election manifesto

0

The Nepal Congress (NC) in its manifesto said that the issues of Kalapani, Lipulekh and Limpiyadhura will be resolved through diplomatic means as it makes the pledges to voters ahead of the elections.

Kathmandu: The Nepalese Congress, Nepal’s largest party, has promised to resolve border issues with India through diplomatic channels by unveiling the election manifesto for the November 20 general election.

The Nepal Congress (NC) in its manifesto said that the issues of Kalapani, Lipulekh and Limpiyadhura will be resolved through diplomatic means as it makes the promises to the voters ahead of the elections which are in 3 weeks. “With India, border issues in Susta, Kalapani, Lipulekh and Limpiyadura would be resolved through diplomatic channels. Similarly, issues with China on the northern border of Humla would also be resolved through diplomatic dialogue. During the latest round of visits to India, Prime Minister Deuba also raised the border issues and outlined Nepal’s position with the Indian government,” reads the ninth page of the 56-page total document.

Party Chairman and Prime Minister of the outgoing caretaker government Sher Bahadur Deuba, members of the bureau and members of the manifesto preparation committee released the election manifesto during a ceremony at the party’s central office on Saturday.

The 41-member manifesto preparation committee of the largest ruling party by last parliamentary seats was led by the party’s general secretary, Bishwa Prakash Sharma. It took about a month for the committee to prepare the policy document which was drafted incorporating experts like Swarnim Wagle and Geja Sharma Wagle among others.

In the manifesto, the party also pledged not to take any undemocratic and unconstitutional action such as dissolving the House.

The 52-page document is divided into 5 chapters titled contemporary politics and national issues, seven decades of history: the long road to democracy, a roadmap to a prosperous Nepal, the strengthening of federalism and provincial governments, the sectoral priorities and party commitment.

The main slogan of the manifesto is “Protection of the Constitution, Stability and Solid Foundation for Development: The Next Government under the leadership of the Nepalese Congress”.

Nepal in 2020, amended the constitution by incorporating a new political and administrative map in the preamble of the constitution. The new map included the tri-junction of Limpiyadhura, Kalapani and Lipulekh which remained a contested area between Nepal and India.

The updated map of Nepal prepared to incorporate the missing territories was submitted to the Ministry of Land Management by the Department of Surveying which claims to have taken an accurate scale, projection and coordinate system. It was made public on May 20, 2020 after a green light signal from the Cabinet meeting of May 18 of the same year.

The department collected a map drawn during the Sugauli Treaty, another brought from London, land revenue payment receipts and the order issued by then-Prime Minister Chandra Shumsher as evidence to claim that the land belongs to Nepal.

The previous map published in 2032 BS had left the villages of Gunji, Nabhi and Kuri which have now been included in the recently revised map adding 335 square kilometers of its land.

Tensions between New Delhi and Kathmandu last year emerged after Nepal released the political map in mid-May, including the tri-junction, which India had previously included in its map released in November 2019 .
Diplomatic relations between the nations further broke down after the inauguration of a road linking Kailash Mansarovar via Lipulekh on May 8, 2020, after which Nepal handed a diplomatic note to India opposing the move.

Also Read: Counter Terrorism: ‘India to contribute USD 500,000 to UN Trust Fund’ says EAM Jaishankar

Prior to the delivery of the diplomatic note, Nepal had also strongly opposed India’s unilateral decision to build the road. Following a strong objection from Nepal, India’s External Affairs Ministry (MEA) had said the road through Pithoragarh district in Uttarakhand “lies entirely within Indian territory”.

Nepal said it had “constantly maintained” that, in accordance with the Sugauli Treaty (1816), “all territories east of the Kali (Mahakali) River, including Limpiyadhura, Kalapani and Lipu Lekh, belong to Nepal “. Uttarakhand Road Organization (BRO) has linked the Kailash Mansarovar road to the Lipulekh pass which will provide connectivity to border villages and security forces.

Following a strong objection from Nepal, the Indian Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) had said that the road through Pithoragarh district in Uttarakhand “lies entirely within the territory of India”.

(Except for the title, this story has no editing by HW News staff and is published from a syndicated feed.)

Dear readers,
As an independent media platform, we do not take advertisements from governments and corporations. It is you, our readers, who have supported us on our journey to honest and unbiased journalism. Please contribute, so we can continue to do the same in the future.

Getting ‘stuck’ with payday loans

0
Image courtesy of Pixabay

By JESSICA LOVE
Courtesy of Indiana Capital Chronicle

Have you ever had your car or truck stuck in the mud; and the harder you try to get out, the deeper your tires sink? I have.

So, I know from experience: unless you have the luxury of waiting for things to dry, you’re going to need some help – a push or a pull – to get unstuck.

And you’re probably going to feel a little embarrassed. I mean, technically, even if you had no intention of getting stuck, no one else was driving. Either you didn’t see the danger in front of you, or you thought it wouldn’t be so bad to go through it.

Even if you didn’t have a good way around it, or if you calculated the risk and thought you could get away with it, the fact remains that it happened and you were “at fault”. Thinking back on it, you wish you had done something other than the fix you were looking for – the one that caused your “tires to sink deep in mud and mud” (for others little blue truck fans).

Now imagine that the vehicle you are thinking of represents your family’s financial health and the process of “no longer stuck” as a result of choosing the option to solve your short-term problem yourself – instead of asking for help. or not to think of you had other options – represents a payday loan. The “solution” then becomes a bigger problem to solve than the original problem.

That’s about where the analogy ends, since muddy patches don’t have business models designed to keep you stuck like payday lenders do. It’s by locking people in more that the profits are really made, where the interest rate eventually hits 391% in Indiana. And you really need to find a solution to your solution.

This is why I often refer to the payday loan industry as one of the most subsidized markets in existence – because government and non-profit resources are so often needed to lift people out of disasters caused by payday loans.

What if it didn’t have to be like this?

One way forward is policy change. Right now, the burden is largely on Congress, and your legislative outreach will help make the Fair Credit Act for Veterans and Consumers
– to cap all personal loans at 36% – a reality. You can also ask your state legislators to impose a 36% cap. But until and even after the legislation is passed, many Hoosiers will still need a more responsible way to borrow.

What if there was another route?

What if most of the 88% of Hoosier voters polled who said they would like to see Indiana have a 36% wage rate cap — who are able to provide another way — have paved the way for a solution alternative for their employees and co-workers?

The impact, to reinforce my analogy, would be shattering for Hoosier families who lack the resources to weather a financial shock.

A specific “bypass” – previously available in only 23 counties – recently became available statewide. If you’re a business owner, or an HR representative, or just someone who wants to talk to your boss about providing a financially viable option to those in your workplace, the solution I present to you is the Community Loan Center program.

It is a small, affordable, employer-focused loan program. So what’s the problem ?

Well, as difficult as it may seem, there really isn’t. For companies registered in the program, the CLC program is offered as a benefit at no cost to the employer. Employers literally only have to: 1) confirm employment when a loan is requested and 2) set up a payroll deduction in accordance with the employee’s repayment plan. By doing so, they instantly gain employees who are less stressed and more present for their work.

Made available through non-profit organisations, this affordable 12 month loan is designed to get people into or out of debt instead of trapping them. (CLC loans can be used to repay payday loans.) The reason is simple: nonprofit providers offering this program would rather focus their resources on improving a family’s economic trajectory than on bail out from the earthquake that stems from a payday loan.

Just consider how you could bring this alternative to your workplace
— and actually help solve a co-worker’s short-term financial problem in a way that makes it manageable and gets people out of trouble without getting stuck.

Jessica Love is Executive Director of Prosperity Indiana, a statewide membership organization for individuals and organizations that strengthen Hoosier communities.

Here’s how to choose a fund manager for your National Pension System investment

0

The National Pension System (NPS) is a voluntary contributory pension system which aims to provide retirement income in retirement through market-linked returns. Any Indian citizen between the ages of 18 and 65 can open an NPS account. Non-resident Indians (NRIs) can also open an NPS account.

The pension scheme now manages over Rs 7.73 lakh crore as pension assets of government and private sector employees.

According to tax and investment experts, one should choose a fund manager carefully while investing in the NPS.

Amar Ranu, Head of Investment Products and Advisory at Anand Rathi Shares and Stock Brokers, explains Amar Ranu: “Although NPS is a low-cost retirement product, choosing the right fund manager is the most important task. However, unlike mutual funds (MFs), NPS information is available in a very limited capacity in the public domain, and no one provider collects the data holistically. NPS managers.

Previously, there were seven NPS managers; however, four more have been added recently, bringing the total number of fund managers to 11. Thus, the task becomes even more daunting for retail investors to select the right fund manager. The four asset managers who recently received certification for NPS asset management are: Axis Asset Management, DSP Investment Managers, Tata Pension Funds and Max Life Pensions.

Ranu adds, “Seeing historical performance, more or less, all fund managers have identical performance differing a few basis points up or down except LIC Pension Fund which is underperforming. widely. However, among the pack, HDFC Pension Fund is the top performer based on a three- and five-year track record. Not all pension managers have bitten the index indicator, Nifty 50 SORTING.

Moreover, these fund managers were mostly managing their portfolios passively, largely replicating indices and sticking to large caps, thus playing it safe. However, they have now started adding mid caps and are actively managing them, which can result in additional alpha over benchmarks, as we have seen with mutual funds. However, according to experts, one should not just look at performance when selecting the fund manager. The risk taken to obtain the return must also be taken into account – the standard deviation is the right tool.

So here’s how you can choose the right fund manager for your NPS investment.

1]First, choose between automatic and active fund management modes. If you have chosen an equity exposure above 50%, it is advisable to choose the active mode instead of the automatic mode.

2]Next, choose the fund manager. You can view fund performance to date to understand how funds managed by a particular fund manager have performed over time. If your exposure to debt is high, check the performance of the debt funds managed by the fund manager. Similarly, if your equity exposure is greater, check the performance of equity funds managed by the fund manager.

Adhil Shetty, CEO and Founder of BankBazaar.com, a financial services website, says, “Keep reviewing your selected fund manager’s performance after you start investing. If you are not convinced that the return it has given is equal to that of other similar funds, you have the option of changing the fund manager once a year.

3]Rolling returns will only give you an idea of ​​how the fund is performing. You should review it from time to time to ensure that the performance is comparable to that of other funds in the same category.

Ranu adds, “The consistency of rolling returns over three- and five-year periods is the best tool for deciding on the risk taken. However, switching fund managers based on short-term performance should be avoided. On the contrary, you have to see the performance of the fund over a longer horizon.

4]Evaluate the performance of your fund manager. If you are not satisfied with the performance it has given, change the fund manager. NPS subscribers are allowed to change fund manager once a year.

5]Finally, as Ranu suggests, it would be best to see the portfolio and positioning before selecting the fund manager. However, the availability of wallet data is limited.

“With the increase in the number of fund managers, there is going to be tough competition among fund managers to offer the best, which is good for all stakeholders, including investors,” Ranu adds.

Brazilian comedians see the perfect timing ‘to make people laugh’

0

Published on: Amended:

Rio de Janeiro (AFP) – An electoral duel dividing Brazilians is nervous and sometimes depressed, but for comedian Fabio Porchat, it’s the perfect time to get the jokes out.

“It’s the best time to make people laugh,” said the 39-year-old, whose stand-up routine has been a hit in Rio de Janeiro in recent weeks as the country nervously waits for the second round of Sunday between President Jair Bolsonaro and his rival Luiz Inacio. Lula da Silva.

“Nerves are raw, people are fed up with the elections. There are fights in the families… But when we meet to go laugh at the theater, it doesn’t matter if we are for Lula or Bolsonaro, we laugh at the jokes, and that’s it.”

His show, “The Stories of Porchat”, is presented four times a week in a theater in Leblon, an upscale neighborhood in Rio de Janeiro, and does not mention politics.

He prefers self-deprecating jokes revealed by hysterical anecdotes from his travels abroad, such as when he had a stomach attack in Nepal.

“I talk a lot about politics on television, on social networks. But, I decided not to talk about it in the theater because I thought that people had to laugh at other things,” said the comedian who also presents a show on TV Globo. .

On Instagram, where he has more than six million followers, Porchat went live several times to speak to undecided voters, “without judging them”.

He’s open about his support for leftist former president Lula – and went viral on Twitter on Friday with a call for Hollywood’s biggest superheroes, the ‘Avengers’, to help him in the duel presidential.

Stars such as Samuel L. Jackson, Chris Hemsworth, and Robert Downey Jr. — who play Nick Fury, Thor, and Iron Man respectively in the mega-franchise — answered the call with tweets that were decidedly supportive of Lula.

“A matter of mental health”

Yuri Marcal, another popular Brazilian comedian, considers making people laugh during such a dark and trying time is “a matter of mental health”.

“It’s never easy to make people laugh, especially at a time like this, with such a polarized election. We feel such a heavy mood. But in fact, people need to laugh more than ever.”

On Tuesday, the 29-year-old comedian, who is black, surprised his fans with a new YouTube video titled “I don’t vote for a thief.”

For a Brazilian, the phrase is an immediate reference to the insult the far-right Bolsonaro and his supporters like to brandish at Lula, due to corruption convictions that were overturned by the Supreme Court.

But by clicking on the video, we realize that Marcal is talking about a Bolsonarist cousin, “the white sheep of the family”, whom he is trying to convince to vote for Lula.

“It’s our job, no matter what times we live in, to make people laugh by taking serious matters lightly,” he said.

“I’ve been making people laugh for years talking about politics, but also about racism,” he said.

Online threats

Porchat recalls that Brazilian actors “have lived worse”, in reference to the military dictatorship of 1964-1985.

“In those days, you had to perform in front of four or five censors before you could appear in public. One wrong word and you’d land in jail.”

However, comedy is not without danger in Brazil.

In late 2019, the headquarters of the production company founded by Porchat in 2012, Porta dos Fundos, was hit by a Molotov cocktail after airing a Netflix show depicting Jesus in a same-sex relationship.

However, Porchat says the threats usually come from people hiding “behind their screens, online. But that’s a minority.”

Marcal has also received threats on social media, where he has over a million Instagram followers.

“Recently I made a joke about Bolsonaro, and someone said, ‘pay attention, I know where you’re playing.'”

Protected immigrants risk losing their work permits in the United States

0

Comment

Hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mostly from Central America, are at risk of losing their work permits after negotiations with the Biden administration to extend them failed this week, lawyers said Wednesday.

More than 300,000 immigrants from El Salvador, Honduras, Nicaragua and Nepal are asking a federal court to extend their “temporary protected status,” or TPS, which most have held for decades. The immigrant lawyers and the Biden administration had been negotiating over the families’ status since June 2021, but the talks collapsed on Tuesday and the lawyers said they were returning to court.

“Mediation efforts have been exhausted,” court mediator Jonathan Westen told the United States Court of Appeals for the 9th Circuit.

The move reignites a years-long court battle to keep long-time immigrants in the United States and intensifies pressure on Homeland Security Secretary Alejandro Mayorkas to decide whether to renew their protections.

Supporters say Mayorkas could solve their problem by broadcasting a new designation that it is too dangerous to return immigrants to these countries.

Department of Homeland Security spokesman Luis Miranda said the agency does not comment on ongoing litigation. But he said immigrants affected by the lawsuit “will continue to be protected over the coming months.”

The Justice Department, which represents the government in court, declined to comment, spokeswoman Dena Iverson said in an email.

Federal law allows the government to grant TPS to immigrants if their countries are engulfed in wars, natural disasters, or other dangerous conditions. The Trump administration has tried to end protections for Salvadorans and other immigrant groups, saying the designation dragged on after the disasters passed.

Federal judge, citing Trump’s racial bias, says administration cannot revoke legal status of 300,000 Haitians, Salvadorans and others – just yet

Immigrant families have filed a lawsuit to block the Trump administration, arguing in part that its officials were motivated by racism and anti-immigrant sentiment in violation of the Constitution.

A federal judge on the side of immigrants in 2018 and paused terminations, but was later overruled by the 9th Circuit’s panel 2-1. Immigrant advocates have called on the entire 9th Circuit to review the panel’s decision.

More than 240,000 immigrants from El Salvador76,700 from Honduras, 14,500 from Nepal and 4,250 from Nicaragua are at risk of losing their status, according to a 2021 U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services report filed in Congress.

President Biden had pledged to protect these immigrants and others during his campaign, saying Donald Trump’s “politically motivated decisions” would be disastrous for immigrants who had lived in the United States for years.

The failure of negotiations stunned advocates for immigrants and their American-born children.

‘We will lose practically everything’: Salvadorans devastated by TPS ruling

“These families have watched politicians use them as pawns for far too long,” said Ahilan Arulanantham, a lawyer for the plaintiffs, adding that he could not divulge confidential details of the negotiations. “And it’s shocking to me that the Biden administration has been unable to prevent this pattern from continuing.”

Immigrants usually receive temporary protected status for a year or 18 months and live in periodic fear that the status will not be renewed. But for years, officials have renewed those protections. Salvadorans received their current status in 2001 after devastating earthquakes. Hondurans and Nicaraguans received protection from Hurricane Mitch in 1998. Nepalese received protection from an earthquake in 2015.

Anyone from these countries who arrived in the United States after designation is not eligible to apply.

Immigrants say they are fully integrated into American society, with driver’s licenses and pension plans. Many own homes and their children are US citizens. But their temporary status offers no path to citizenship, and efforts to push such a bill through Congress have stalled.

While immigrant advocates say they hope the entire 9th Circuit will review the three-judge panel’s decision, they say they’ve also negotiated an orderly reduction in protections if they lose.

If the 9th Circuit does not rule by Nov. 30, an automatic nine-month extension of work permits would go into effect under a prior agreement to administer the program while litigation is pending. The lawyers said the court could reduce this extension.

If the 9th Circuit declines to reconsider the panel’s decision before then, the attorneys said, the case will return to the lower court. Afterwards, Salvadorans would lose their work permits in a year and nationals of other countries in four months, said Emi MacLean, an attorney at the American Civil Liberties Union of Northern California.

Doris Landaverde, 43, a mother of three US citizens in Massachusetts who works as a guard at Harvard University, said she came to the US in 2000 from El Salvador and the dispute could divide his family. Her husband is from Morocco.

“We had pinned our hopes on the negotiations,” she said. “It has devastated me and the whole community. … It means we have to pack up and go.

Payday Loans Market Share Estimated to reach USD 42.6 Billion by 2028 | Beneficial market research

0

Vantage Market Research analyzes that the payday loan market which was worth USD 33.5 billion in 2021, would reach USD 42.6 billion by 2028 growing at a CAGR of 4.1% during the forecast period 2022 to 2028.

A qualitative research study is accompanied by more than 115 market data tables, pie charts, graphs and figures spread over several pages and in-depth information that is easy to understand. This market research report categorizes the market by companies, geographical regions, types, components, applications, and end-use industries. In the competition analysis section, the major key players existing in the market are mentioned with various details such as company profiles, their market share analysis and various strategies to thrive in the market. In addition, the market value, market segments, growth rate, market players, market situation, geographical coverage and market report prepared by the vantage team includes in-depth analysis by experts , pipeline analysis, price analysis and regulatory framework.

Access the detailed free sample report @ https://www.vantagemarketresearch.com/payday-loans-market-1512/request-sample

List of major market players:

The existence of several significant competitors in the industry, the competitive landscape of this payday loans market is somewhat fragmented. The payday loan industry is distinguished by the presence of a few well-established companies as well as several small and medium-sized players. Mergers, acquisitions and consolidations have taken place between winners around the world.

Cashfloat, CashNetUSA, Creditstar, Loan Stream, Myjar, Silver Cloud Financial, Inc., THL Direct, Titlemax, TMG Loan Processing

Key questions answered by this report:

• What is your estimate of the potential for expansion of the payday loan market?
• Which regional market could be the pioneer of the projected years?
• Which application segments will experience strong growth in the future?
• What growth opportunities can payday loan trading have in the near future?
• What key challenges will the payday loan industry face in the future?
• Who are the major companies in the payday loan market?
• What are the major trends affecting expansion?
• What growth methods will players use to stay in the “Payday Loans” market?

Download the full report (PDF of more than 100 pages with information, graphs, tables, figures) on@ https://www.vantagemarketresearch.com/industry-report/payday-loans-market-1512

Regional outlook:

A recent research report published by Vantage Market Research titled “Payday Loan Market” (covering US, China, Europe, Japan, Southeast Asia, India, etc. ) analyzes risks, exploits opportunities and assists in strategic and tactical decision-making. The global payday loan market is dominated by the North American region, with the United States accounting for the largest share. Along with this, Asia-Pacific is the fastest growing segment due to population growth, rapid urbanization and consumer convenience.

Region covered:

  • North America (USA, Canada)
  • Latin America (Argentina, Brazil, Mexico, rest of LATAM)
  • Asia-Pacific (China, South Korea, India, Japan, Malaysia, Hong Kong, Australia, Indonesia, Taiwan, New Zealand, Rest of Asia-Pacific)
  • Europe (UK, Germany, Spain, France, Italy, Hungary, BENELUX (Belgium, Netherlands, Luxembourg), NORDIC (Denmark, Sweden, Norway, Finland), Russia, Poland, Rest of Europe)
  • Middle East and Africa (Israel, GCC (Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, Kuwait, United Arab Emirates, Qatar, Oman), South Africa, North Africa, Rest of Middle East and Africa)

Limited Time Offer | Buy this Premium Research Report with exclusive discount and immediate delivery@ https://www.vantagemarketresearch.com/buy-now/payday-loans-market-1512/0

Insights provides in this report:

  • The report provides a seven-year forecast value assessed based on the current market performance of the Payday Loans industry.
  • It gives a forecast analysis of the factors driving or restraining the development of the Payday Loans market.
  • It helps in understanding the major product segments and their future scope.
  • The report defines the Payday Loans industry and analyzes market influencing factors such as opportunities, drivers, and restraints.
  • The report gives an in-depth analysis of the changing competition in the Payday Loans market, which helps you stay ahead of your competition.

Browse more related reports from the Vantage Library:

About Vantage Market Research:

At Vantage Market Research, we provide high-quality, quantified B2B research on over 20,000 emerging markets, helping our clients map a constellation of opportunities for their businesses. As a market research and competitive intelligence consulting firm, we provide end-to-end solutions to our corporate clients to achieve their critical business objectives. Our customer base spans 70% of Global Fortune 500 companies. The company provides high quality data and market research reports. The company serves various businesses and customers in a wide variety of industries. The company offers in-depth reports across multiple industries, including Chemical Materials & Energy, Food & Beverage, Health Tech, and more. The company’s experienced team of analysts, researchers and consultants use proprietary data sources and numerous statistical tools and techniques to collect and analyze information.

Follow us on: LinkedIn | Twitter | Facebook

contact us

Eric Kunz

6218 Georgia Avenue NW Ste 1 – 564

Washington D.C. 20011-5125

United States Tel. : +1 202 380 9727

E-mail: [email protected]

Website: https://www.vantagemarketresearch.com/

Latest Vantage Market Research Press Releases

Latest Vantage Market Research Blog

Blog:

This press release has been prepared with the aim of providing accurate market information that will enable our readers to make informed strategic investment decisions. If you notice any problem with this content, please do not hesitate to contact us at [email protected]

Why ‘proud Hindu’ Rishi Sunak’s rise to UK PM is a big deal

0

He now rules a country that for two centuries has subjugated Hindus around the world.

(Kirsty Wigglesworth | AP) British Prime Minister Rishi Sunak leaves 10 Downing Street in London, Wednesday, October 26, 2022.

As Britain’s new Prime Minister Rishi Sunak prepared to lead his country amid economic, political and social turmoil, he used the term “proud Hindu” to describe himself. This identity matters to millions of people, British and non-British, around the world.

For a few years now, “proud Hindu” would be understood in the West to refer to someone who approves of majority politics in India. For decades, the idea of ​​a proud Hindu ran counter to the shame felt by those of us who were born and raised in Western countries. Born and raised in the United States, I was well into my thirties before I could call myself a ‘proud Hindu’.

Sunak’s use of the phrase finally establishes a genuine connection to a religion that has existed for thousands of years and whose influence is felt across the world.

There is more to Sunak’s Hindu pride, however. A few Western media outlets (but only a few) have taken note of Sunak’s religious identity, noting that he took over the helm of the UK on Diwali, Hinduism’s festival of lights and one of its most important holidays. But the media has largely failed to grasp the significance of a Hindu’s rise to the helm of a country that for two centuries has subjugated Hindus in the Indian subcontinent and beyond.

Until now, the few modern Hindu heads of state have governed countries with a Hindu majority (India, Nepal and Mauritius) or a large Hindu population (Guyana, Trinidad and Singapore). A Hindu was elected Prime Minister of Fiji in 1999 but was overthrown in a coup within a year.

Besides demographics, Hindus were shunned because British colonizers doggedly codified a cartoonish idea of ​​Hinduism, and their scholars reinvented the religion based on their own prejudices. This framing has also had an influence on American academics and journalists. Nearly a century ago, writer Katherine Mayo published “Mother India,” an attack on India’s Hindu culture and a plea for Americans to support British rule over India. She called “Hindus” “men who come into the world with bankrupt stocks” whose “hands are too weak, too loose, to grasp or hold the reins of government.”

Mayo’s description was adopted in the United States and championed by Winston Churchill, the conservative British leader who viewed Hindus as backward and degenerate. The irony should not be lost, then, that Churchill’s party has now embraced a Hindu as its leader.

Even in the 75 years since India gained independence from the British Empire, Hindus around the world, but especially those of Indian origin, continue to struggle to identify as Hindus or to determine the extent to which they claim their Hinduness. There is a deep shame associated with practicing a religion that has been subject to exoticization, defamation and marginalization, outside of the few countries where Hindus are the majority.

Whether we’re fans of his politics or not (and I’m not), many of us ‘proud Hindus’ will be invested in Sunak’s success, hoping he won’t be the last. Western head of state to identify himself as such.

Murali Balaji is a journalist and associate professor at the Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism at the University of Pennsylvania. His books include “Digital Hinduism” and “The Professor and the Pupil”, a political biography of WEB Du Bois and Paul Robeson. The views expressed in this commentary do not necessarily reflect those of Religion News Service.

International Employee Benefits Update – Q3 2022 | woodruff sawyer

0

Additional public holiday in honor of Queen Elizabeth II

Several countries have scheduled an additional public holiday paid by the employer to mark the death of Queen Elizabeth II of England. The UK and Canadian governments have scheduled a public holiday for Monday, September 19, 2022. Australia has scheduled a public holiday for September 22 and New Zealand for September 26. This is a one-time holiday and will not be repeated in the future.

Americas

Argentina increases its pensionsalary cap

The Argentine government increased the minimum and maximum pensionable wages for the third time in 2022. The updated minimum pensionable wage is equal to ARS 14,601.14 per month, while the maximum pensionable wage for employee contribution purposes is increased to ARS 474,530.27 per month. There is no maximum pensionable salary for employer contribution purposes. In addition, the minimum monthly old-age pension is now equal to ARS 43,352.59 and the maximum is ARS 19,831.83 per month. All changes came into effect on September 1, 2022. Figures are expected to be reviewed and updated again in Q4 2022.

Canada increases old age pension by 10%

To boost economic stability for older retirees, the Canadian government has increased the Old Age Security (OAS) pension by 10% for retirees aged 75 and over, bringing the total monthly pension amount to CAD 733.51. The monthly pension for people aged 65 to 74 is set at CAD 666.85. This reflects a change from the old OAS pension amount, which did not vary by age. The changes took effect on July 1, 2022.

Nicaragua makes Mother’s Day an official holiday

Mother’s Day is now a mandatory paid holiday in Nicaragua. Employees will have May 30 as a day off to celebrate Mother’s Day. Employees are entitled to a rate of pay of 200% of their regular daily wage if they work on public holidays. The legislation came into force on May 20, 2022.

Asia-Pacific (APAC)

Cambodia: social security contribution will come into effect

The Cambodian government has published a social contribution plan. Employers and employees will each contribute 2% of the total monthly salary (4% combined) to the National Social Security Fund. The minimum monthly income used to calculate the contributions will be 400,000 KHR and the maximum 1,200,000 KHR. The combined contribution rate will gradually increase to 8% over the next five years and increase by 2.75% each decade thereafter. The changes came into effect on October 1, 2022.

Japan increases parental leave and family allowances

Japan has increased its parental leave allowance and family allowance effective August 1, 2022. The maximum parental leave allowance is now equal to 305,319 JPY per month during the first six months of parental leave and 227,850 JPY per month. months from the seventh. month of parental leave. The maximum child allowance is increased to JPY 335,871 per month.

Nepal: lowering the age of eligibility for old-age allowance

To improve the economic stability of its elderly population, the Nepalese government has lowered eligibility for old-age allowance to 68 years from 70 years previously. The change does not affect special eligibility rules for certain demographic groups. The changes came into effect on July 16, 2022.

Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA)

Croatia introduces paternity leave

From August 1, 2022, fathers will be granted 10 working days of paid paternity leave per child. For fathers or equivalent second parents of twins or multiple births, the leave will increase to 15 working days. The leave must be taken within six months of the birth or adoption placement and cannot be transferred to the other parent. The Croatian government pays full salary to second parents during parental leave.

Finland expands family leave provisions

The Finnish government has extended parental leave from August 1, 2022. For children born on or after September 4, 2022, each parent will be granted 160 days of parental leave, which can be used in four different periods until the child is born. child reaches the age of 2 years. , up to 63 days of the 160-day quota can be transferred to the other parent, spouse or guardian. Parents with multiple births will get an additional 84 days and single parents a combined 320 days.

Biological mothers are also entitled to maternity leave of 30 days before the date of delivery. Employees can choose to start maternity leave later, but no later than 14 working days before the expected date of delivery. Maternity benefit days must be taken consecutively and cannot be postponed. Finnish social security Kela pays pregnancy allowance for 40 working days during maternity leave.

Additionally, employees can take five days of unpaid caregiver leave per year.

Gibraltar expands occupational pension eligibility

Effective July 1, 2022, the British Overseas Territory Gibraltar has extended its self-enrollment occupational pension scheme from coverage for private sector employers with 251 employees to employers with 101-250 employees. The program will gradually expand to cover medium-sized employers (51-100 employees) in July 2025, small employers (15-50 employees) in July 2026 and micro-employers (14 employees or less) in July 2027, which would then cover all employers in the private sector. Employers and employees are each required to contribute at least 2% of weekly or monthly salary to occupational pension schemes. Employers are allowed to pay the minimum employee contribution of 2% on behalf of their employees. The self-enrolling occupational pension scheme was rolled out in August 2021 and is administered by the Gibraltar Financial Services Commission.

Ireland increases parental leave

From July 1, 2022, employees in Ireland can take parental leave for seven weeks, up from five weeks previously. Parents of children under the age of two have the right to take the leave consecutively or in separate weekly periods. Each eligible parent will receive EUR 250 per week from the Department of Social Protection. Parental leave is separate from parental leave, which is a 26-week unpaid leave that can be taken for each eligible child under the age of 12.

Malta extends family leave

The Maltese government has implemented several changes to family leave entitlements effective August 2, 2022. Fathers or equivalent second parents can take 10 days of paternity leave immediately following childbirth or adoption placement. Five unpaid working days of carer’s leave may be taken by employees caring for a parent or other family member residing in the same household. Parents are also entitled to two months of paid parental leave each, with an additional two months transferable between parents. Thus, employees now benefit from two months of paid parental leave and two months of unpaid parental leave. This changes from the previous four months of unpaid leave for each parent.

Sweden launches fund agency for premium pension program

The Swedish government has launched a new independent fund selection agency Fondtorgsnamnden oversee and facilitate the selection of premium pension funds. The agency will offer participants access to a wide variety of premium pension funds with varying risk profiles. The change, which came into effect on June 20, 2022, aims to make investment options reasonable and improve the retirement program.

Qatar launches compulsory health insurance

Qatar now requires employers to obtain minimum basic health insurance from a licensed Qatari insurer for all employees, including eligible dependent family members (spouses and up to three children under 18) . Additional insurance beyond the minimum required is optional. Employers who do not provide the required health insurance coverage will not be allowed to obtain new work residence permits or renew existing permits. In addition, non-compliant employers, including those who pass on the costs of health insurance premium to employees or their dependents, may be subject to a fine of up to QAR 30,000 for each affected employee. . The legislation also requires that foreign nationals traveling to Qatar as visitors must provide proof of valid health insurance in Qatar covering their entire visit. These people can buy a premium from one of the licensed insurers in Qatar (at a cost of QAR 50 per month) or use their international insurance, provided it covers Qatar. The law entered into force in October 2022.

Six exhibitions of the Emmanuel gallery that we still talk about

0

From the Denver Art Museum to the Meow Wolf Convergence Station, the Mile High City has recently garnered international attention in the art world. And one of the mainstays of the city’s art scene is the Emmanuel Gallery, a venerable art gallery located in the heart of the Auraria campus. For 50 years, the gallery has exhibited a dizzying array of artists’ creations, from the bronze work of sculptor Dan Ostermiller to the rich, herbal botanical paintings of Trine Bumiller.

The gallery is based in a Romanesque-Gothic church that was built in 1876, the same year Colorado became a state. Bishop John F. Spaulding oversaw the construction of what was then called the Emmanuel Episcopal Chapel. It was converted into the Emmanuel Shearith Israel Chapel at the turn of the 20th century, and the synagogue served in that capacity until 1958, when the chapel was sold to artist Wolfgang Pogzeba. Pogzeba used the chapel as an artist’s studio for his Western paintings, sculptures and photographs until 1973, when the building was purchased by the Auraria Higher Education Center (AHEC) to become an art gallery of non-profit campus.

Five decades later, the gallery is free and open to the public. It hosts monthly exhibits featuring students, faculty, and other artists, and it maintains a deep connection to the Auraria campus. “Students are an important part of everything we do, from helping to organize exhibitions, writing texts, installing works of art and collaborating with renowned artists. internationally,” said Jeff Lambson, gallery director and curator. He has held this position since 2017 and is internationally recognized for his work in the arts as a founding curator of contemporary art at the BYU Museum of Art (one of the busiest art museums in North America). . Over the years, Galerie Emmanuel has hosted hundreds of different artists on hot topics that resonate with audiences, so we asked Lambson to choose six notable exhibitions from this long history.

Ed Roth: “Rat Fink Revolution: Started With A T-Shirt, Now We’re Here” | 2022

Ed “Big Daddy” Roth is perhaps best known for creating Rat Fink, Mickey Mouse’s bizzarro anti-hero. He drew Rat Fink in 1958 on a napkin while sitting in a restaurant in Los Angeles, California, in reaction to Disney’s Fancy, which had just been reissued. Wearing a plain white t-shirt was considered rebellious at the time, and Roth decided to take advantage of that by spray painting Rat Fink on white shirts. These became some of the earliest iterations of the now ubiquitous graphic tees and catapulted Roth to an influential place in American culture. This exhibit includes Rat Fink hot rods, t-shirts, skateboards, toilet seats, and more.

Why Lambson chose it: “We use imagery to define ourselves every day, and a lot of that comes through clothes, which is exactly what Ed Roth was trying to do. Mickey Mouse was getting big, and there’s this mainstream culture of middle class, and he says, ‘That’s great, but that’s not me.’

Jann Haworth: “Never less”| 2017

The “However” The exhibition first focuses on Jann Haworth’s grandmother, the ‘Old Lady’, then travels through six decades of artwork that poses important questions about women’s rights and women’s stories. Haworth is well known for her work as co-creator of the sergeant. Pepper’s Lonely Hearts Club Band album cover, named by rolling stone magazine as the most important album cover of all time.

Why Lambson chose it: “Humour can sometimes be taboo in art, but it’s a very effective way to get your idea across, especially by asking probing questions. Jann doesn’t like to be considered a pop artist, but she does deal with pop culture… There’s a lot of humor in her art, and I think that disarms you a bit and makes you feel like it is available.

Gregg Deal: “Tutse Nakoekwu (minor threat)”| 2022

Deal’s work illuminates the clash between stereotypes and assumptions of Indigenous peoples in the eyes of a traditional Western viewer and his own lived experience as a contemporary artist and member of the Pyramid Lake Paiute tribe. Much of the art depicting Indigenous peoples in the United States does so in a way that reinforces stereotypical 19th or early 20th century tropes, while Deal attempts to highlight the incredible diversity of Indigenous peoples who live within the borders of the United States. This exhibit features neon light signs, the statue The space where spirits get eatena towering stack of chairs referencing Native boarding schools, and appropriate comic book illustrations with the text replaced with punk rock lyrics.

Why Lambson chose it: “Greg Deal likes pushing people’s buttons. Again another artist who uses humor and things a lot of people understand like punk and skateboarding, clothing, stickers and leather jackets. But the subjects are very, very poignant.

Dan Ostermiller: “Wildlife”| 2021

Ostermiller is the son of a well-known taxidermist, and his work helped make Loveland a world-renowned artistic center for sculpture and metalwork. Some of his most recognizable works are the Scottish Angus cow and calf statue, which can be seen on the grounds of the Denver Art Museum. In this exhibit, Ostermiller included bronze statues of a bear, pig, lynx, giraffe, cows, deer, and other animals. The statues ranged from small sizes to pieces weighing 1,000 pounds. The lynx statue has since been permanently installed on the Auraria campus, near the City Heights residence hall and the Learning Commons.

Why Lambson chose it: “We had to build a crane inside the gallery so that we could then lift the sculptures [and] out of the crib. It was a lot, a lot, a lot of work… I think he did such a good job because how to sculpt an animal without it looking sugary or sugary or cheesy, like it belonged in a zoo ? How do you make something that looks like art? Tome, [the lynx] looks like an Egyptian sphinx. Very majestic, something you might expect to encounter in a Greek temple.

Andrew Krivine: “Too fast to live, too young to die”| 2021

The exhibit was loaned by Andrew Krivine, who is based in New York, New York, and holds one of the largest collections of punk, post-punk and new wave graphic art in the world. He collaborated with students from CU Denver College of Arts & Media to curate the gallery through the lens of fashion and design. The ideas, from rock against racism and homosexuality to women’s rights, represented by these fashion items still resonate today.

Why Lambson chose it: “This exhibition was a double exposure. It was “Punk Graphic Design”, and it was also “Reversing into the Future: New Wave Graphics”. It was the first new wave exhibition produced in the country, which is pretty cool…. We looked at all these ideas in punk, like why they were rebelling and what they were against, and we were like, ‘Okay, well, how does that apply today? »

Tenzing Rigdol: “My world is in your blind spot”| 2019

Rigdol was born in 1982 in Kathmandu, Nepal. He and his family were granted political asylum in the United States in 2002. He studied Tibetan sand painting, butter carving, and Buddhist philosophy during his formative years at CU Denver, and his work is now exhibited internationally in public and private collections. “My world is in your blind spot” featured five large panels containing Buddha silhouettes that spanned 30 horizontal feet and were enhanced by visual effects of silk and fire images. The plays are personal and incorporate political elements that highlight difficult and controversial topics.

Why Lambson chose him: “Tenzing Rigdol is one of the best known living Tibetan artists in the world. He is the first Tibetan artist to have his works collected and exhibited at the Metropolitan Museum of Art in New York. Rigdol uses religious imagery combined with personal and political elements to help us address controversial and difficult topics, such as Tibetans setting themselves on fire in political protests, war, and government oppression. But his paintings are also peaceful and haunting, both comforting and uncomfortable.

As part of our 50th anniversary, we invite you to share your CU Denver story!

‘About time’: Diwali celebrations light up NYC

0

Comment

NEW YORK – The week dawned gloomily in New York, but the dull haze was no match for the holidays at hand: Diwali, the festival of lights which symbolizes triumph over darkness.

Celebrated throughout South Asia in one way or another by Hindus, Jains, Sikhs and Buddhists, the multi-day festival has gained a firm foothold far from the subcontinent in places with high diaspora population, such as New York.

“One thing I would say – the whole country celebrates, right? So it’s lit,” fashion designer Prabal Gurung said of celebrations in Nepal, where Diwali is best known like Tihar. He sees signs of Diwali’s growing popularity in New York. But, he said, the whole town “isn’t partying yet — so I’m just giving them a year or two.”

Gurung was one of the hosts of Diwali New York, a glitzy soiree held at The Pierre, aptly Taj hotel, on Saturday. The party, now in its third year, shines a light on Diwali by bringing together high-profile South Asians with other New York personalities – people who “the world saw as leaders and role models”, said said Anita Chatterjee, CEO of A-Game Public Relations. .

Eight kilometers east of the five-star hotel, those who already knew the holidays were embarking on preparations for their personal celebrations. Earlier Saturday, the first of five days of celebration, the streets of Jackson Heights were filled with reminders of the festivities.

The many sweets in Queens, known for its South Asian community, were packed to the hilt with little room to move. At stalls outside Apna Bazaar, a grocery store, a sea of ​​small clay pots and Diwali lamp wicks sit alongside bunches of fresh coriander and bags of onions. Handwritten blue signs advertised Diwali specialties for everything from 40-pound bags of rice to ghee, tea and pitted dates.

Every year, Sapna Pal comes to Butala Emporium to do their Diwali shopping. Carrying a basket filled with tealights and other decorations, the Delhi native said her Diwali celebrations in the US are usually intimate family affairs as most people prefer to pray at home.

When asked if she misses Diwali in India, Pal – who has lived in Queens for nearly 25 years – replied: “Yes! Every day, every year, every year. But she nevertheless still enjoys Diwali here, looking forward to the sweets – gulab jamun, rasmalai and different types of barfi are among her favorites – and the puja ceremonies.

Outside a Patel Brothers grocery store branch, Bhanu Shetty has been running a pop-up Diwali stall for two decades. His son Pratik says the temporary Flowers by Bhanu stand usually attracts around 3,000 customers over three days. She is more circumspect: “People come.

“We have always been known for flowers, but just for these three days we are presenting all the temple offerings,” Pratik Shetty said, showing 3D stickers, garlands, stencils for the colorful powder patterns known as rangoli name, pictures and, of course, flowers. Most of the flowers are locally sourced, but the Diwali specialty is the $5 lotus imported from India.

India Sari Palace manager Ratan Sharma says confectioneries and grocery stores are the main beneficiaries of Diwali shopping. But her clothing store is also doing well: “Once a year, we give customers a benefit,” she says, “and they take advantage of it.” Sharma said silk sarees – usually the most expensive – are the most popular item at the annual Diwali sale.

Jackson Heights is a multi-ethnic and multi-religious neighborhood, and some stores still displayed signs offering Eid sales. Suneera Madhani, the Pakistani American founder of Stax, attended the Diwali party at The Pierre as a show of South Asian solidarity. She says she would like to raise Eid’s profile in New York in the same way.

The Diwali gala was certainly high-profile: host Radhika Jones, Vanity Fair’s senior editor, mingled with Ronan Farrow and Kelly Ripa, all dressed in South Asian fashions. Chatterjee said his company helped connect some non-South Asian attendees with designers, including fellow hosts Falguni and Shane Peacock.

The party was loud at times, with several bear hugs lifting adult men off the ground. Gurung, wearing a glittering Abu Jani-Sandeep Khosla ensemble, tore up the dance floor to the 2014 hit “Baby Doll.” He then received blotting paper from a pink salwar kameez-clad Ripa, whose husband, actor Mark Consuelos, taps the table to the beat. Padma Lakshmi and Sarita Choudhury kissed for the camera, the former demonstrating hip-shaking thumkas.

“Our generation has really embraced our culture and its expression,” said fellow host Anjula Acharia, Priyanka Chopra Jonas administrator.

Normally, she would spend the holidays with her illustrious client. But marveling at the progress Diwali has made outside of South Asia and its diaspora, she said she would spend it this year with President Joe Biden.

“A few years ago it really came to mind: Diwali is not on the New York social scene in a way that I felt it deserved to be, that ‘it had to be and I wanted it to be,’ said restaurateur Maneesh Goyal, another the event’s host and mastermind.

While he said Diwali is “personally” a day of reflection, it is also about celebrations and “happiness, positivity, bringing people together”.

For Diwali to truly permeate American culture, Gurung said, it will “just have to show us constantly, constantly in the most graceful, beautiful and thoughtful way”. The resonance of the party’s themes alone – the victory of good over evil, light over darkness – should do the rest of the work.

“Now is the right time,” he said. “And also, it was time.”

Mallika Sen is the entertainment news editor for The Associated Press. Follow her on Twitter at http://twitter.com/mallikavsen

South Asia needs regional plan to support Bengal tiger population

0

The tiger population in Nepal has nearly tripled in the past 12 years. As part of global efforts to double the population of wild tigers, the country’s goal was to have 250 tigers by this year, but the figure of 355 has exceeded that figure.

Despite the applause, various concerns emerged, including the maximum number of tigers that can live in the country, and the escalating human-tiger conflict. On September 11, a man was killed in a tiger attack near Bardiya National Park in western Nepal. According to government figures, an average of three people were killed each month during tiger encounters during the last fiscal year, which ended in July.

No agency is more central to the successes and shortcomings of Nepal’s tiger policy than the Department of National Parks and Wildlife Conservation, the country’s lead and frontline agency when it comes to to advise the government on conservation and to implement its policies and programs.

The department, whose officers such as rangers and game wardens work in various protected areas of the country alongside the military, has been credited with the success of the tiger conservation program in Nepal. However, it has also been criticized at times for its failure to address the concerns of indigenous peoples and local communities living near protected areas.

Maheshwar Dhakal, who holds a doctorate in forest products valuation in community forests from the University of Tsukuba, Japan, was recently appointed to head the department. He previously served as a member-secretary of the President Chure-Terai Madhesh Conservation Development Board, the government agency overseeing the conservation of the Chure foothills of the Himalayas and the Terai lowlands which lie south of them and are home to a large part of the Nepalese population.

Maheshwar Dhakal, the new director general of Nepal’s Department of National Parks and Wildlife Conservation, said a regional plan was needed to sustain the Bengal tiger population. Credit: Image courtesy of DNPWC via Mongabay.

mongabayAbhaya Raj Joshi from , recently met with Dhakal in his office in Kathmandu to discuss the tiger conservation program in Nepal. The interview, conducted in Nepali, has been translated into English and lightly edited for clarity.

Mongabay: Nepal recently announced that it has almost tripled the number of tigers in the country since 2010. This achievement has been widely applauded by the international community. What do you think Nepal’s future steps in tiger conservation should look like?

Maheshwar Dhakal: When representatives of tiger range countries met in St. Petersburg in 2010, the goal was set to double the tiger population by 2022.

Another meeting was hosted by Russia earlier this month to take stock of progress made so far. However, the meeting had limited success as it was organized under time constraints and could not properly define the way forward for the conservation of the species.

In 2010, the Global Tiger Recovery Plan integrated various aspects of tiger conservation such as habitat management, involvement of local communities, management of human-tiger conflicts, measures to address issues such as poaching and hunting, creating economic opportunities for local people through ecotourism and building ownership within the international community. But these issues could not be effectively addressed by this year’s global tiger meeting.

Personally, I agree that we should have a comprehensive plan to save endangered tigers. But I also believe that South Asia needs its own plan to move the conservation agenda forward. The Royal Bengal Tiger is different from other tigers found in other parts of Asia as it has the most surviving individuals. The tiger conservation program has been the most successful in the region.

Additionally, tigers cross borders between countries like Nepal, Bhutan, and India. But our conservation policies and programs are not homogeneous. For example, if you kill a tiger in Nepal and someone else does the same across the border in India, the punishment is radically different. [being more severe in Nepal]. A harmonized policy would help tigers cross borders easily and control crimes such as hunting and poaching.

We could then have separate national plans.

Various concerns have emerged regarding the increasing tiger population in Nepal, particularly regarding the maximum number of tigers that can live in the country and the escalating human-tiger conflict. Credit: Rohit Varma via Flickr.

Mongabay: What would such plans include?

Maheshwar Dhakal: Tiger conservation must now be aligned with various multilateral agreements such as the Ramsar Convention, UNFCCC [UN Framework Convention on Climate Change]UNCCD [UN Convention on Biological Diversity] and even the Sustainable Development Goals. We cannot just focus on tigers as an umbrella species and expect everything else to fall into place once the number of tigers increases.

The other aspect is that we need to develop key biological corridors for the tigers to move north to the foothills of Chure where they can draw water and cool off during the summer and then back south. [Terai] meadows. In addition, the banks of the rivers originating from the Chure must be revitalized by planting appropriate trees so that the tigers can roam freely. We observed signs of tigers in almost all districts of the Terai in Nepal, including densely populated areas.

As part of international corridors such as the Khata Corridor, which connects Nepal to India, we must also develop it as an economic corridor through sustainable practices such as agroforestry.

It is not fair that the Department of Conservation, which has worked so hard to increase the number of tigers, should be considered to promote tourism or other activities to raise the economic standards of the people. Now that the number of tigers is on the rise, other agencies such as the Ministry of Tourism and the National Planning Commission must come up with plans to encourage the private sector to come up with plans and projects to get tourists to see the tigers. and spend money. in the local economy.

Mongabay: Do you think we have reached the limit of the number of tigers that protected areas in Nepal can accommodate?

Maheshwar Dhakal: In 2010, when tiger numbers were low, our priority was to increase their population as much as possible. But now that we have nearly tripled their numbers, we need to focus on sustaining the tiger population as well as creating economic opportunities for local communities through the development of tourism infrastructure such as homestays and hotels.

The other area of ​​focus should be to provide rapid relief and compensation to communities affected by human-wildlife conflict. We also need to improve the capacity of frontline government employees deployed around the clock in national parks to control wildlife crime.

A shepherd watches over his grazing cattle on the outskirts of Chitwan National Park. Livestock here are easy prey for the park’s tigers. Credit: Jonas Gratzer/Mongabay.

Mongabay: How many tigers are enough?

Maheshwar Dhakal: We need to look at the quality of habitat available to tigers. If we look at the tiger population in Jim Corbett National Park in neighboring India, the density of tigers is relatively high compared to what we have in Nepal. But we also need to consider the available prey base and the associated human-tiger conflict.

Economists set an annual GDP [gross domestic product] growth rate target for the country, but in ecology, you can’t set a target for the tiger population that way. As the market forces of demand and supply determine the price of a certain product, various ecological factors determine the sufficient number of tigers.

In the context of Nepal, with the development of linear infrastructure [roads, railways, power lines, etc], and the limited habitat we have, we cannot continue to increase the number of tigers. Some say 400 is the number, others have different answers. It does not matter.

We must understand that the number is only a symbol. It is a message addressed to the international community: when Nepal engages in something, it assumes it with all its heart. It is also a message that if governments are committed, it is not impossible to save a species on the verge of extinction.

Mongabay: That said, local communities say asking for relief and compensation is a bureaucratic nightmare and they prefer not to ask for it at all.

Maheshwar Dhakal: In case someone is killed by a wild animal, the family immediately receives Rs 5,00,000 ($3,950) for the funeral, and an additional amount of Rs 1 million ($7,900) is provided later after the death. completion of formalities. I think the main problem is the assessment of crop damage caused by wild animals. It is not easy to assess farmers’ claims.

We are now considering changing the procedure so that municipal governments take responsibility for assessing damages and deciding compensation. I think that would solve a lot of problems.

Dhakal emphasizes the quality of habitat available to tigers. Credit: Brian Scott via Flickr.

Mongabay: The Indian government recently approved a draft agreement with Nepal on wildlife conservation. Can you tell us what it is?

Maheshwar Dhakal: Ironically, I wrote the proposed document when I worked as a civil servant here at the Department of Conservation, and now I am able to implement it. The agreement contains provisions for the exchange of best practices, cooperation in the fight against wildlife crime, as well as regular consultations and visits.

Mongabay: Various studies have warned that planned linear infrastructure development in the Terai could have devastating effects on tigers.

Maheshwar Dhakal: My opinion is that development and conservation must go hand in hand. We need to instil a culture in which the construction of wildlife-friendly infrastructure is embedded in the very design of the project. We have always said that infrastructure should avoid central areas.

We recently developed the new Wildlife-Friendly Infrastructure Guidelines and have begun to implement them. Yes, it may contain flaws that need improvement, but we can only discover them when we implement the guidelines prepared by experts in their own fields.

This article was first published on Mongabay.

China backs anti-India KP Oli as Nepal prepares to vote

0

After returning to power in February 2018, Oli continued his anti-India stance and in May 2020 published new maps showing Indian territories as part of Nepal.

New Delhi: China is banking on a strong performance by opposition coalition parties in Nepal, led by former Prime Minister Khadga Prasad Sharma Oli’s United Marxist-Leninist Communist Party (CPN-UML) in the November 20 elections that will determine the country’s next prime minister. According to the entries, the ruling coalition led by Prime Minister Sher Bahadur Deuba faces strong opposition to power with voters looking for new faces to lead the next government.
The soon-to-be-released CPN-UML election manifesto, among other things, will promise to “resolve” border issues with India that the party says are spreading to the Kalapani, Limpiyadhura and Lipulekh region, whose leaders say are part of Nepal. The manifesto, however, is likely to be silent on the “salami-slicing” of Nepal’s territories in several places by the Chinese People’s Liberation Army (PLA) that has been undertaken in recent years.
Similarly, the party manifesto is also likely to push for the completion of the China-Nepal railway project which has been inordinately delayed and missed several deadlines. The said project, which was part of China’s ambitious Belt and Road Initiative (BRI), was launched in 2016 and was supposed to link Xigaze (also known as Shigatse) in Tibet to Kathmandu in Nepal.
The delay was attributed by a section of Nepal to fears that like other South Asian countries like Sri Lanka and Pakistan, Nepal may also fall into China’s debt trap as it it will be a capital intensive project with the cost likely to be around $8 billion, which Nepal is unlikely to fund leaving it the only option for China to fund the whole project . According to the feasibility study reports, approximately 98.5% of the railways will be bridges or tunnels.
The National Railway Authority of China submitted the preliminary study report of the Kerung-Kathmandu railway line which will be part of this project to the government of Nepal in 2018, after which an agreement was reached during Chinese President Xi Jinping’s visit to Nepal in September 2019.
Chinese media said that the said project failed to take off due to India’s security concerns and that the said railway line will provide easy access for China to flood Nepal with troops and materials whenever they want. without much effort or concern. On August 10, Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi met with visiting Nepali Foreign Minister Narayan Khadka in Qingdao, Shandong Province. At the meeting, Wang said China will use Nepal aid funds to support the feasibility study of the 170 km China-Nepal cross-border railway, and send experts to Nepal to carry out the work. survey this year, indicating that the project was going ahead despite all fears of debt pitfalls. Earlier in March, Wang Yi, during a visit to Nepal, had met with senior Nepalese officials, including Prime Minister Sher Bahadur Deuba and Nepalese Foreign Minister Narayan Khadaka, and signed nine agreements, two of which were related to Sino-Nepal Railways. The 170 kilometer railway project will link the city of Kerung in southern Tibet with Kathmandu, entering the Himalayan country from Rasuwa district.
According to CPM-UML thinkers, Nepal needs to reduce its dependence on India and get closer to China with whom it shares a closer ideological relationship, which is likely to be visible in the manifesto . According to Kathmandu-based political experts, the ruling Nepalese Congress, CPN-Maoist Center, Communist Party of Nepal (United Socialist) [CPN-US that splintered from the CPN-UML]the Terai-based Loktantrik Samajwadi Party (LSP) and Rashtriya Janamorcha (RJ) were better placed as far as voters’ choices are concerned.
However, the situation would easily change if the CPN-UML obtained more seats than the NC. “The parties of the two coalitions are not bound by any common ideology and therefore it should not be surprising that the coalition led by the CPM-UML attracts more alliance partners after the polls, in particular the CPN-MC which is led by Pushpa Kamal Dahal ‘Prachanda’ Nepalese observers in Beijing are closely monitoring the elections and it has been reported that associates of Hou Yanqi (Chinese Ambassador to Nepal since November 2018) regularly interact with CPN-UML members and from CPN-MC,” a veteran Kathmandu-based journalist, while requesting anonymity, told the Sunday Guardian.
When Oli first became prime minister in 2015, Chinese state media said ties between the two countries would improve as a “Beijing-friendly” coalition was in power. As predicted by Chinese media, Oli’s tenure has been filled with his anti-India stance and pro-China statements and actions. He had to resign in July 2016 after his government was reduced to a minority government, which he blamed on India. After returning to power in February 2018, Oli continued his anti-India stance and in May 2020 published new maps showing Indian territories as part of Nepal.

Want a colorful spring? Don’t Wait Too Late in New Jersey to Plant Bulbs

0

It’s that time of year in New Jersey when we say goodbye to the growing season and prepare our land for Old Man Winter which is fast approaching. And as our landscapes are slowly stripped of their fall colors, now is the time to think about the next growing season.

Now, yes, waiting until late October through November in New Jersey is usually late to plant flower bulbs in the ground, but it’s not impossible for success. One of the main factors is related to soil temperature. Usually you would want the ground temperatures to be cooler and not too hot.

Depending on where you are in New Jersey, the growing season may not be completely over. This is especially true in warmer regions such as the coast or the southern part of the state.

Photo by Tobias Mockenhaupt on Unsplash

Photo by Tobias Mockenhaupt on Unsplash

In fact, some gardens might still produce favorites such as green beans and cherry tomatoes. Although pollinators prepare to hibernate or die at the end of the season, this agricultural production could be minimal.

These jellies and gels are also important. Once you have that first freeze, it will usually end it for good. But again, if you happen to live in one of the parts of the state that clings to warmer air a little longer, your growing season could last a few extra weeks.

That said, if you were thinking about the next growing season and considering flowers, now is the time to act. Fall is the perfect time of year in New Jersey to plant bulbs such as daffodils, tulips and crocuses.

Yellow flowers in spring

Mike Brant – Townsquare Media

When planting bulbs, make sure the pointed side is facing up. This will help the plant emerge and grow successfully once the warm spring sun arrives in New Jersey for the next growing season.

Once the bulbs are planted at the recommended depth with the right soil mix, cover the area with a layer of mulch. This will help protect the bulbs from extreme temperatures in the dead of winter.

One thing I like to do is group a few bulbs together when planting. Not only will this increase the chances of more blooms in that particular area, but it also means more color.

And if the flowers fit well, you might have even more flowers in the future. Also keep in mind that different varieties of flowers will bloom at different times in the spring. This is especially important if you want fresh blooms to occur throughout the spring season.

Most important, however, is when these bulbs enter the ground. In New Jersey, October really is the perfect time. Yes, we all get really busy with everyday life sometimes, so don’t be discouraged if you don’t get there by early November.

You can still have success with spring flowers if the bulbs are planted after October, but you don’t want to wait too long beyond that. So if you want to aim for a colorful spring, now is the time to plant those bulbs in the ground before the winter chill arrives.

WATCH: Stunning photos of animals from around the world

From grazing Tibetan antelope to migrating monarch butterflies, these 50 photos of wildlife from around the world capture the stunning grace of the animal kingdom. The upcoming gallery expands sequentially from air to land to water and focuses on birds, land mammals, aquatic life and insects as they work in pairs or groups, or sometimes alone .

Say you’re from Jersey without saying you’re from Jersey

These are everyday expressions that only someone from New Jersey would understand. What else should be on this list?

Nepal Embassy Outreach Program on Remittances

0

The Embassy of Nepal, in collaboration with the Nepalese Non-Resident Association (NRNA) in Qatar, recently organized an outreach program for community members. Titled “Remittance Flow through Legal Channels”, the program was attended by NRNA Qatar Chairman Mohammad Muktda Musalman and nearly 60 representatives from various Nepali community organizations in Qatar.
The program aimed to impart basic information on the role of remittances and the benefits of using official and formal banking channels. Welcoming the participants, Deputy Chief of Mission Lakshuman Khanal, shed some light on the objectives.
Ujjal Rajbhandari, Managing Director of Himalayan Bank Ltd in Nepal, delivered key remarks while emphasizing the need for remittances to maintain foreign currency reserves to boost investment in infrastructure development and economic activities in Nepal.
Youma Shrestha, Head of Himal Remit, gave a detailed presentation explaining how remittances are transmitted and why it is in the interest of all stakeholders to use only legal channels.
Addressing the program, the Ambassador of Nepal, Dr. Naresh Bikram, thanked the speakers as well as the participants. He also reiterated the use of legal channels for transferring funds.

Road safety in Nepal is not at the rendezvous

0

Road traffic injuries and fatalities can be reduced by modifying the road environment, reducing the speed and volume of traffic, and separating motorized vehicles from pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles. However, Nepal’s current efforts are insufficient to reduce the number of traffic-related fatalities or injuries in the foreseeable future. The current state of road safety in the country is not the result of a lack of laws and regulations, but of a lack of provisions for the administration and enforcement of existing provisions.

Even the simplest road safety measures can have a huge impact. These include maintaining lane discipline on urban roads, keeping the speed limit below 30 km/h in residential areas, schools or hospitals, and maintaining vehicle-free zones around venues. where people go for leisure or shopping. Other obvious measures could be clearly marked roads, visible road signs, traffic lights and pedestrian-only paths. Failure to follow these basic rules means we have to worry about our lives every time we’re on the road.

The Report on the global state of road safety (2018) revealed stagnant progress in many low- and middle-income countries. The results of the first decade of actions for road safety (2011-2020) have not been satisfactory. This is also reflected in target 3.6 of the Sustainable Development Goals to halve the number of deaths and injuries worldwide from road traffic accidents. Meanwhile, the global road safety community was working behind the scenes to motivate leaders in these countries by highlighting the success stories of some high-income countries.

The World Health Organization (WHO) lead it United Nations Road Safety Collaboration (UNRSC) and the development of several reports and guidance documents. The 12 voluntary global goals (with 34 indicators) for road safety are among these important achievements. These global performance targets were developed in 2016-2017 through a process involving all WHO Member States and key stakeholders. The purpose of the targets was to set targets related to key risk factors and service delivery mechanisms to reduce road casualties. Consensus was reached at a meeting of WHO Member States held from November 20 to 21, 2017 in Geneva.

The first of 12 voluntary road safety targets calls on countries to establish a comprehensive multi-sectoral national action plan for road safety with time-bound targets by 2020, and Nepal is already two years behind schedule. There is no road safety lead agency, road safety laws or national road safety action plan with time-bound targets in Nepal. This setback will hamper the 11 targets remainingwhich are to be achieved by 2030 and are related to global alignment, new roads, existing roads, vehicle standards, speed, motorcycle helmets, vehicle occupant protection, driving under the influence, cell phone distraction, professional drivers and timely emergencies to worry about.

The Global Plan for the Decade of Action for Road Safety 2021-2030 has been launched a year by the leadership of the World Health Organization to guide nations in developing and implementing activities to achieve the aforementioned voluntary targets. The Global Plan “rejects business as usual and calls on governments and stakeholders to embark on a new path, a path that prioritizes and implements an integrated safe system approach that clearly positions road safety as a key driver of sustainable development. It also calls for actions that help the world achieve the goal of a 50% reduction in road deaths and serious injuries by 2030.” Because road safety is a responsibility shared, the Global Plan inspires all stakeholders, including civil society, academia, the private sector, donors, communities and youth leaders, among others.Part III of the Action Plan outlines the “ requirements” for its successful implementation and Part IV details the roles of government, academia and other stakeholders.

Recently, the international community reaffirmed commitments to improve road safety situation through a high level meeting in July 2022 under the theme “The 2030 horizon for road safety: guaranteeing a decade of action and achievement”. Unfortunately, Nepal has not yet made the same level of political commitment to road safety. It may be because the ministers of the responsible departments are not well informed on this subject. The Ministry of Health and Population, which is also WHO’s line ministry for road traffic injury prevention, has seen frequent leadership changes over the past five years. The other lead agency, the Ministry of Physical Infrastructure and Transport, has largely focused on road construction, and the subordinate Department of Transport Management has been unaware of its responsibilities. delegated by existing legislation.

The Nepalese bureaucracy often does not work beyond its comfort zone, is defensive, does not come up with creative ideas, is reluctant to keep up to date with related current affairs and does not try to educate political leaders. Nepal has not yet acceded to any of the major United Nations legal instruments related to road safety which help to harmonize national efforts with global road safety standards. More often than not, affected individuals and the media call for actions that eliminate traffic accidents, injuries and deaths. There is no magic formula that will make our roads safer. Road safety is a shared responsibility. Responsible agencies and authorities should be aware of the 12 voluntary targets for road safety and plan in accordance with the recommendations of the overall plan. After all, the status quo will make no difference and the loss of life on our roads will continue.

Page Industries Declares Record Date for 2nd Interim Dividend: Key Points

0

1. Page Industries declares the record date of the 2nd interim dividend

The Board of Directors of Page Industries Ltd said in the October 17, 2022 exchange filing: “We hereby advise you that the meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company is to be held on November 10, 2022, among other , to consider the following: a) Consider the unaudited financial results for the quarter ended September 30, 2022. b) Consider declaring a 2nd interim dividend to shareholders of the Company for the current fiscal year 2022 -23.”

We further inform you that in the event that said interim dividend is declared by the Board of Directors, the record date for the purposes of payment of this interim dividend will be November 18, 2022, in accordance with the BSE file of Page Industries. .

2. Page Industries Ltd Share Outlook

2. Page Industries Ltd Share Outlook

The latest trading price of Page Industries Ltd is Rs 51,358 each with an intraday gain of 1.12%. The 52-week high of the stock is quoted at Rs 54,000 and the 52-week low is quoted at Rs 36,500 each, respectively.

3. Looking back on 5 years of Page Industries

3. Looking back on 5 years of Page Industries

The stock has returned 168% over the past 5 years, 138% over the past 3 years and 37% over the past year. Over the past 3 months, Page Industries shares have returned 16%.

4. Industries Page Latest Quarterly Results

4. Industries Page Latest Quarterly Results

Page Industries for the quarter ended June 30, 2022 reported standalone total revenue of Rs 1,344 crore, up 20% from last quarter’s total revenue of 1,116 crore. It announced a net profit after tax of Rs 207 crore in the last quarter.

5. About Page Industries Ltd

5. About Page Industries Ltd

The company is located in Bangalore and is the exclusive licensee of JOCKEY International Inc. (USA) for the manufacture, distribution and marketing of the JOCKEY brand in India, excluding other countries like Sri Lanka, Bangladesh , Nepal and the United Arab Emirates. Page Industries was established in 1994.

The company is also the exclusive licensee of Speedo International Ltd. for the manufacture, marketing and distribution of the Speedo brand in India. The market capitalization of the stock is Rs 49,488 crore.

Disclaimer

Disclaimer

The stock above has a fixed record date for the interim dividend. Greynium Information Technologies, the author and the respective brokerage are not responsible for any losses caused as a result of decisions based on the article. Goodreturns.in advises users to check with certified experts before making any investment decision.

Lifting 100 million people out of poverty by 2025 is still possible, despite the threat of recession |

0

The Multidimensional Poverty Index (MPI), a joint analysis of the United Nations Development Program (UNDP) and the Oxford Poverty and Human Development Initiative (OPHI) at the University of Oxford, goes beyond the measurement of poverty as a measure of poverty and examines other indicators, from access to education and health, to standards of living such as housing, drinking water, sanitation and electricity.

Using this way of calculating the stake, the study shows that, even before the COVID-19 pandemic and the current cost of living crisis are taken into account, some 1.2 billion people in 111 developing countries live in acute multidimensional poverty – nearly double the number of people considered poor when poverty is defined as living on less than $1.90 a day.

common thought

Since there are different aspects of poverty in different regions, the study calls for the development of strategies that tackle the problem and must be tailored to specific countries and regions.

It also identifies recurring patterns of poverty (“clusters of deprivation”), which typically affect those at risk. For instance, more than half of people living in poverty lack both electricity and clean cooking fuelwhile a third are deprived of food, cooking fuel, sanitation and shelter at the same time.

The experience of families in Lao PDR, for example, shows the interconnected nature of living in poverty and the complexity of reducing it.

The children are sent to collect firewood because of the lack of cooking fuel, so they cannot go to school. Simply providing funds to build a school would therefore make no sense, without first solving the fuel problem.

Historical improvement

Despite the magnitude of the challenge, significant progress has been made in reducing poverty.

In India, some 415 million people have been lifted out of multidimensional poverty in 15 years – a historic change – and data collected before the COVID-19 pandemic shows that 72 countries have significantly reduced poverty during the last years.

The report presents success stories of countries that have used integrated poverty reduction strategies: Nepal’s investment in sanitation, for example, has improved access to clean water, improved child nutrition and , thanks to a reduction in diarrhea and infant mortality.

Reacting to the findings, Achim Steiner, the head of UNDP, said that at a time when government budgets are tight, cutting-edge data and analysis can identify where spending will have the greatest impact.

For example, the report shows, he said, “that decarbonizing and expanding access to clean energy will advance climate actionand is also critical for the nearly 600 million multidimensionally poor people who still lack access to electricity and clean cooking fuel.

The study, he continued, will be “vital in informing UNDP efforts around the world as we work with our partners in the United Nations and beyond to achieve our bold goal of helping to lift 100 million people will be lifted out of multidimensional poverty by 2025”.

In India, five out of six people living in multidimensional poverty were from lower tribes or castes.

Sexism in Labor Mobility Restrictions

0

All over the world, women are migrating across international borders in order to improve their quality of life by earning higher wages. This labor mobility – a process by which workers migrate for economic opportunities – allows people to raise their standard of living. However, restrictions in some countries prohibit women from engaging equally in labor mobility, confining them to less chance of economic prosperity. Thus, women are often unable to truly benefit from the fruits of labor mobility, namely money and freedom, and are trapped in a low socio-economic status, unable to support themselves or their families. . Working women in the Philippines and Nepal are unable to take full advantage of labor migration due to anti-mobility laws enacted by their countries, as the Nepalese and Philippine governments attempt to ‘protect’ women risks associated with labor mobility. In order to enable women to improve their economic situation, both for themselves and their families, countries should consider initiatives aimed at improving women’s working conditions abroad rather than limiting their mobility.

Wage differentials between workers in developing and developed countries remain one of the greatest border-based economic distortions in the modern world. When people are prevented from going abroad, they cannot take advantage of the location premium – the extra salary that a worker with exactly the same productivity can earn in a richer country compared to a poorer one. Barriers to labor mobility are largely due to wealthy countries seeking to limit migration due to the idea that immigrants alter the balance of power in politics and threaten the preservation of cultural identities existing. However, poorer countries also contribute to unmet demand for labor mobility by enacting gender-targeted migration restrictions.

Women make up higher percentages of the workforce today than at any time in the past. Nevertheless, historical gender roles and patriarchal views regarding women’s employment continue to limit women’s opportunities. According to a study published by the University of North Carolina, out of 100 men in the labor force, there are only about 63 women. While women now seek employment more often than in the past, women in the workforce continue to struggle against gender norms in Nepal and the Philippines regarding reproduction and subordination. Women are generally depicted as belonging to the household, caring for children and their husbands, while men are portrayed as the breadwinners of their households.

The need for foreign domestic employment

In countries like the Philippines and Nepal, poorer women often work as domestic servants for wealthy families to send remittances home. This “care” work stems from the need for “surrogate mothers” as more and more women seek formal employment in the West. In the Philippines, women often travel abroad to work as Au Pairs, helpers who live with host families and help with household maintenance and care. Filipino domestic workers are considered preferred workers in Europe as they often uphold Catholic values, are educated and speak English. Rhacel Parrenas, a professor at the University of Wisconsin, says Filipino women believe they are “the Mercedes Benz of servants”, hired only by those who can afford their jobs. About 66% of migrant labor in the Philippines are women. They are considered the “heroes” of their economy since the money that Filipino domestic workers earn in the West is one of the main sources of foreign currency earnings in the Philippines.

Similarly, in Nepal, the number of female migrant workers has increased significantly over the past decade. According to UN Women, the 2011 national population census showed that women now constitute about 13% of the total absentee population in Nepal. This growing feminization of international migration is linked to the growing global demand for domestic workers. Like Filipino domestic workers, Nepalese women provide cash flow to their country of origin, which allows them to contribute more and more to the Nepalese economy.

Labor Migration Risks

The money that women earn abroad does not come easily. Female workers have to leave their families in their home countries to work in the care supply chain, often caring for foreign children and elderly people in wealthy households abroad. Moreover, domestic workers generally do not benefit from the protections afforded to workers in more formal labor sectors. Many domestic workers are physically, sexually and emotionally violated by their employers. Common problems reported by domestic workers abroad include heavy labor and long working hours, as well as food shortages and late payments.

Risk aversion: country responses to threats to labor mobility

To protect their female citizens abroad, countries like the Philippines and Nepal have banned female labor mobility. Although well-intentioned, these bans negatively affect the very people they are trying to protect, as they prohibit women from earning a living abroad. In the Indo-Pacific region, the Philippines pioneered the practice of labor diplomacy, where the government essentially withheld its labor resources in an effort to increase its bargaining power with importing countries. workforce for more comprehensive worker protection. In response to complaints of exploitation, it has repeatedly imposed migration bans on domestic workers. Recently, in January 2020, the Philippines banned the migration of domestic workers to Kuwait after the death of Jeanelyn Villavende, a Filipino domestic worker who suffered physical and sexual abuse from her Kuwaiti employers until her death. .

Moreover, following the exposure of the plight of Nepalese domestic workers, the Nepalese government banned women under the age of 30 from migrating to Gulf Arab countries for work, preventing its female population from advancing economically. These labor migration bans lack consistency and clarity, imposing additional barriers on female migrant workers. Instead of tackling the current problem – unfair working conditions and abuses – the Nepalese government has punished victims under the guise of protection, trapping female workers in poor economic conditions and undermining their right to seek employment at home. foreign.

As a result, governments have forced women to seek illegal and dangerous routes to travel abroad. For example, Nepalese embassies receive countless requests for assistance from female migrant workers “in greater numbers than official data suggests”. In their attempt to work internationally, women become targets of exploitation by groups posing as agencies or employers. In the case of Nepal, over 300 people were trafficked across the India-Myanmar border in less than two months.

Alternative routes

Regardless of labor mobility bans, people motivated by the goal of improving their socio-economic status will always find pathways to employment. As in the case of Nepal, domestic workers risk their lives to find work outside their country of origin, even if it means resorting to illegal and dangerous journeys. Therefore, to ensure the greatest security for their citizens, countries should avoid limiting labor mobility. On the contrary, countries like the Philippines and Nepal must seek to protect their women abroad. Through international organizations, countries should focus on creating, enforcing and committing to standard employment conditions and applying them to formal and informal sector workers. By providing women with the option of labor mobility, while promoting workers’ rights and holding abusers accountable, women can truly reap the socio-economic benefits of labor mobility. work without fear of being exploited.

Sitharaman visits the National Science Foundation in Washington

0

Union Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman visited the headquarters of the National Science Foundation, Washington and attended presentations on critical issues such as astronomy, AI for robotics and messaging public during health crises.

Sitharaman was in the US capital to attend the annual meetings of the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank. She began her six-day journey last Monday with an interaction with the think tank community at the prestigious Brookings Institute.

During his visit to the NSF on Sunday, Sitharaman received virtual presentations on astronomy, public messaging during health crises like COVID-19, and AI for robotics, with applications for agriculture and environmental sustainability. by eminent and distinguished professors.

Dr. Katherine Bouman, principal investigator for the groundbreaking discovery of black holes; Nobel Laureate and MIT Professor of Economics Dr. Abhijit Banerjee; and Dr. Girish Chowdhary, co-founder and chief technology officer of Earth Sense were among those who gave presentations.

NSF Director Dr. Sethuraman Panchanathan briefed Sitharaman on the foundation’s work and showed him around the NSF gallery.

“NSF is proud of the partnerships that India and the United States have forged over the years to advance society. Global collaboration has enabled incredible things, from capturing the first images of a black hole to fight against pandemics,” Panchanathan said.

Sitharaman left for India later that evening.

Why World Food Day is more relevant than ever, especially for India

0

World Food Day: People in metropolitan cities are updating their devices to use 5G now. In 2022, where the internet and political views are more relevant to some, the alternate reality lives right next to your high rise apartments. The United Nations is once again celebrating World Food Day on Sunday and Director-General QU Dongyu has called on countries to come together and move from “desperation to hope and action”. There are still many unfed mouths in our time.Read also – World Food Day

World Food Day is celebrated every year on October 16 (Sunday) to remind us of the importance of food. India has fallen to the 107th position in the 2022 Global Hunger Index (GHI), out of 121 countries, from its position of 101st in 2021. India is behind its neighbors Pakistan, Bangladesh and Nepal. In the 2022 Global Hunger Index, India ranks 107 out of 121 countries. In the wake of this serious hunger problem, World Food Day is highly relevant for India to raise awareness about proper diet and ensure adequate food for its people. Also read – Flawed and Serious Methodological Problems: India’s Strong Response to Hunger Index Scoring by the Poor

How is the Global Hunger Index measured?

The GHI score is calculated on four indicators — undernourishment; child wasting (the proportion of children under five who are wasted, ie low weight for height, reflecting acute undernutrition); child stunting (children under five who are short for their age, reflecting chronic undernutrition) and infant mortality (the mortality rate of children under five). Also read – World Food Day 2021: 5 easy foods to get glowing, blemish-free skin

Relevance to India

India slipped to 101st position in the 2021 Global Hunger Index (GHI) out of 116 countries, down from its 94th position in 2020, and trails neighbors Pakistan, Bangladesh and Nepal. With a score of 29.1, the level of hunger in India was described as “serious”. According to the report, the child wasting rate in India, at 19.3%, is the highest of any country in the world. According to World Poverty Clock in 2022, about 6% or 83,068,597 (83 million) of the population live in poverty.

The world must take hunger seriously

The GHI said the world is facing a serious setback in efforts to end hunger with conflict, the climate crisis and the economic consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic, compounded by war in Ukraine, being the main drivers. from hunger. The report warns that the situation is set to deteriorate further as global crises overlap.

India’s strong response to the Hunger in the Poor Index

The Center has dismissed the findings, saying it is an effort to tarnish the country’s image and that the index suffers from serious methodological flaws and is a “flawed measure” of hunger, while leaders of the opposition said that the government must take responsibility for its “failure”. With a score of 29.1, the level of hunger in India was described as “serious”.

Wheat shortage in India

Prime Minister Narendra Modi earlier this year in April at an event said India was capable of providing food grain supplies to other countries if needed. The Prime Minister said that if the WTO allows it, we will have a huge reservoir of food grains that will be enough to feed the whole world. “The world faces a new problem now; the food supply of the world is running out, I was talking to the American president, and he also raised this issue. I suggested that if the WTO gives its clearance, India is ready to provide food stocks to the world from tomorrow,” Modi said.

But six months later, the scenario looks different. According to reports from government agencies, food grain stocks have run out and are now at their lowest level in 5 years. According to the FCI, stocks of food grains are slightly above the mandatory level. According to a report by Indian Express, the FCI stock of wheat and rice has been reduced to 511.36 lakh tons. The previous year, the stock was around 816 lakh tons. Wheat stocks are at 227.5.

This year’s theme

The event aims to raise awareness of the importance of food by organizing hundreds of events and awareness activities around the world bringing together governments, businesses, the public and the media to promote awareness and the action for those who suffer from hunger. This year’s theme is “Leave NOBODY AWAY”.

Sisodia examines India’s low ranking in the Global Hunger Index

0

On Saturday, senior AAP leader and Deputy Chief Minister of Delhi, Manish Sisodia, discussed the BJP government’s $5 trillion economic target at the Center, pointing to India’s low ranking in the index of World hunger.

Sisodia also said that India cannot become the number one country in the world if quality education is not provided to every child.

“BJP people are giving speeches about making India 5 trillion in savings but we are 107th in the hunger index. 106 countries including even Nepal, Pakistan and the Bangladesh, are better than us at providing two square meals,” he said in a tweet.

In 2019, Prime Minister Narendra Modi envisioned making India a $5 trillion economy and a global powerhouse by 2024-25.

India ranked 107th out of 121 countries in the 2022 Global Hunger Index with a child wasting rate of 19.3%, the highest in the world.

The Global Hunger Index (GHI) is a comprehensive tool for measuring and tracking hunger at global, regional and national levels.

With a score of 29.1, the level of hunger in India was described as “serious”.

In Asia, Afghanistan with a rank of 109 is the only country behind India. Neighboring countries – Pakistan (99), Bangladesh (84), Nepal (81) and Sri Lanka (64) – fared better than India.

In 2021, India ranked 101 out of 116 countries while in 2020, the country was placed at 94th position.

Amul raises milk prices by ₹2 per litre; 3rd hike this year

0

The Gujarat Cooperative Milk Marketing Federation (GCMMF), which sells milk and milk products under the “Amul” brand, has increased the prices of whole milk and buffalo milk by 2 per liter.

The price hike will be applicable in all states except Gujarat, ANI news agency reported citing GCMMF, MD, RS Sodhi.

With this, whole milk prices went from 61 per liter at 63 per liter. However, from when the price changes will occur, it is still unclear. Amul has yet to release an official statement on this.

Earlier in August, Amul raised prices for Amul’s Gold, Shakti and Taaza milk brands by 2 per liter due to an increase in an overall cost of operation and milk production. Before that, milk prices had risen in March.

Meanwhile, on October 9, while addressing the 70th plenary session of the North East Council (NEC), Amit Shah said that Amul would be merged with five other cooperative societies to form a multi-cooperative society. -States (MSCS). The MSCS will ensure the export of the products after it is certified so that the profits can go directly to the farmers’ bank accounts, he added.

Shah had previously stressed the need to double the country’s milk production over the next five years, not only to meet domestic market demand but also that of neighboring countries. “We have a huge opportunity to deliver milk to countries like Bhutan, Nepal, Bangladesh and Sri Lanka, and to explore this global market, the government is setting up a multi-state cooperative that will serve export house,” he said. .

(More details expected)

Catch all the trade news, market news, breaking news and latest updates on Live Mint. Download the Mint News app to get daily market updates.

More less

van Doesburg Creative Works launches two children’s books

0

van Doesburg Creative Works, a Swiss-based publishing house, launched two children’s illustration books at an event held at the Shanker Hotel, Kathmandu. The books were published in collaboration with Community Action Center Nepal, a Kathmandu-based non-profit organization that advocates for the rights of women and children.

The book ‘Are you a snow leopard?’ is aimed at children between the ages of two and five and tells the story of a snow leopard who travels to meet another snow leopard and in the process encounters different animals mostly found in the mountains of Nepal.

The book is written by Sandra van Doesburg and edited by Niranjan Kunwar. The illustrations are made by Kanchan Burathoki. The book also features photos by famed wildlife photographer Chungba Sherpa.

“Our other book, ‘Namaste’, is a high-contrast picture book that introduces children aged zero to three to Nepalese elements,” said Sandra van Doesburg. “The book is intended for children from 0 to 3 years old.

‘Namaste’ is also written by Sandra van Doesburg and edited by Niranjan Kunwar. The book’s illustrations are by Karuna Giri.

Speaking at the launch event, Kunwar said, “We focused on telling stories that were inclusive and showcased diversity. We hope the books will help children enjoy creativity and art.

“Pictures have the ability to expand children’s imaginations and can be used as tools to educate and sensitize children,” Burathoki said.

At the event, Sandra said her team had been working on the two books for two and a half years.

“Through our books, we want to arouse children’s curiosity, become self-aware and confident,” she said.

The proceeds from the sale of the books will be used to finance activities of the Community Action Center of Nepal involving children.

Where did the money go ? « Khabarhub

0

First, there was the impact of the coronavirus on the global economy. This reduced the saving by 20%. Even in Nepal, the private sector has defaulted by almost 20%.

Their working capital has decreased by 20%. When the vaccinations started, the economy tried to overcome the negative impact. The government and the Nepal Rastra Bank have done well. Even now, many areas are still being recovered.

Then there was the global chain impact of the 2020 Russian-Ukrainian war. This also affected Nepal. The price of petroleum products has increased. Food prices have risen sharply. There has been a global energy crisis. Due to rising costs, the environment could not be conducive to investment.

Due to the higher price of petroleum products, the logistics cost has become very high. This has significantly affected our cost of doing business in India and China.

This led to the devaluation of the Nepalese currency.

World production has declined. We have a lack of liquidity, a high interest rate and a high trade deficit. There is a great malaise in the private sector. For example, the import is 1920 billion and the export only 200 billion.

The money invested in our industrial sector is not reimbursed. It lasts a long time. For example, the government changed its policy in the yarn industries. Industries were closed. Therefore, this policy should be changed.

Even in the export of 200 billion, almost 70% of the products are those that have no added value here.

Therefore, the export of our country is very insignificant. As a result, the private sector finds itself in a very uncomfortable situation.

As we entrepreneurs have to deal with business profit and loss, we are ready to bear the impact of the global chain. We are not offended by this.

But the third impact on us was the contradictory policy introduced by the Central Bank in the private sector, this proved discouraging for the private sector.

For example, it has provisions such as a 100% margin or a 50% margin for import control. He urged to open a letter of credit in the bank for 3-4 months, to keep a 100% margin and not to charge interest, etc., we could not understand this.

The banks give interest in 25 hours but we have to keep the money in the bank for 4 months without interest. NRB tells us that we are not authorized to claim interest.

The capital of the chain is extremely strict because the entrepreneurs take it from the banks. Private sector morale has been very depressed due to lack of loans, there is no money in the market and we have gone to investigate. Where did the country’s money go?

So far, the limit given by the banking sector is wrong because there are three million cement consumption here these days.

It has no license. If we look at the steel industry, it’s more than the need, it’s a non-productive sector.

Banks and big houses have asked for a limit, they think they can invest if their money is safe; small industries do not receive any money.

This year’s new budget came with the claim of having a GDP growth of 8% and an inflation rate of 7%.

The three main bodies that influence the economy are the National Planning Commission (NPC), the Ministry of Finance and the Nepal Rastra Bank. There is no correlation between these three bodies. The economy is in ruins.

On the one hand, for a GDP growth of 8%, 700 billion of capital must be injected into the past. In this case, only a GDP growth of 8% can be envisaged.

Here, NRB has reduced the “loan target by 19%”. Monetary circulation has been reduced from 18 to 12%. The statutory liquidity ratio has been increased by 2% each year from August.

Before the start of this year, the NRB interest rate went from 5 to 7 all at once. And the current monetary policy has increased by 1.5%.

Looking at World Bank records, Nepal has become 5th in terms of bank rate, it has gone up so much. Because of this, the cost of doing business has increased. Now there is no more goods on the market and there is no sale, there is no increase and everyone suffers interest.

The impacts of each policy should be considered well before introducing the policy itself. We are fortunate to have natural resources.

Many traders are starting to migrate. In this situation, 72 percent of Nepal’s total investment is private sector investment, which should be encouraged. Traders don’t have money; who has it now needs to be investigated.

The money invested in our industrial sector is not reimbursed. It lasts a long time. For example, the government has changed its policy in yarn industries. Industries were closed. Therefore, this policy should be changed.

Today, the government gives dollars for any commercial purpose. A customs VAT of 40% has been raised. It has been emptied of all expenditure, so how can we hope for the development of the country’s infrastructure if it is emptied of current expenditure?

Import control is not something to be done instantly. The government must make a plan. While the money spent on imports goes to domestic production.

Nepal is a landlocked country. To make high-cost activity competitive by almost 20%, we need to distribute energy, reduce taxes and optimize infrastructure.

The government should pay attention to how to correlate fiscal policy and monetary policy. The government should take responsibility for protecting private sector investments. Many people were saddened by the fall in the stock market.

The impacts of each policy should be considered well before introducing the policy itself. We are fortunate to have natural resources.

But we couldn’t use it. But if foreign aid is used to develop infrastructure, it will not succeed. Such a policy brings us to the bitter experience of Sri Lanka.

The monetary situation of our country is not good. If the inflow of our currency does not increase, foreigners will not invest.

AGCO Agriculture Foundation and Heifer Netherlands announce a two-year partnership to reduce GHG emissions through climate-smart dairy farming in Nepal

0

DULUTH, Ga.–(BUSINESS WIRE)–The AGCO Agriculture Foundation (AAF), a private foundation whose vision is to prevent and alleviate hunger through sustainable agricultural development, today announced a $250,000 to agree to Heifer Netherlands (Stichting Heifer Nederland) to improve the sustainability, productivity and resilience of smallholder dairy farming families through the development of a productive and climate-smart dairy model in Nepal.

The two-year partnership was chosen from hundreds of grant applications received in response to the AAF’s climate campaign. The project is an integral part of the AAF’s strategic sustainability actions to support climate action in the context of agriculture.

Dairy farming is an important source of income for rural people in Nepal, generating income, food and nutrition security and employment, especially for vulnerable households. However, dairy cattle generate large amounts of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and contribute to climate change, including erratic rainfall and flooding that affects dairy farmers in Nepal.

Funded by the AAF, this project will help minimize existing GHG emissions from Nepalese smallholder dairy farming practices while improving productivity. It will also help small-scale dairy farmers, especially women, to focus on climate-smart solutions. The project approach will combine several sustainable farming methods. Producers will learn how to develop climate-smart feed and livestock management systems that reduce enteric fermentation, improve animal productivity and sequester carbon emissions through fodder trees and proper manure management with clean energy production using biogas and organic fertilizers.

“Nepal remains one of the least developed countries in the world. The majority of the population lives in rural areas. We want to prioritize actions that directly benefit the livelihoods of these farmers while supporting sustainable farming practices that maintain soil fertility, raise healthy livestock and In all food chains, from livestock to agricultural production, climate change continues to have a significant impact on food security and the livelihoods of farmers and their communities,” said Roger Batkin, Chairman of the Board, AGCO Agriculture Foundation.

Over the next 24 months, the project will support beneficiary farmers (100 households/500 family members), dairy value chain actors and dairy farmers across Nepal during the dissemination phase, rural communities, universities, research institutes and governmental and non-governmental institutions. . In addition, the project will directly contribute to Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) 1, 2, 7 and 13 and indirectly to SDGs 8, 10, 12 and 17.

“We are very pleased with the trust and financial support that the AGCO Agricultural Foundation is placing in Heifer Netherlands to implement the climate-smart dairy farming project in Nepal. This project will also contribute to the work of a large program in term called ‘Milky Way Nepal’ which aims to transform the smallholder dairy sector into a fair, profitable and climate-friendly value chain by 2030. The award given is one of the first steps towards realizing this ambitious program,” said Goossen Hoenders, executive director of Stichting Génisse Nederland.

About AGCO

AGCO (NYSE: AGCO) is a world leader in the design, manufacture and distribution of agricultural machinery and precision agricultural technology. AGCO delivers value to its customers through its differentiated brand portfolio including leading brands such as Challenger®, Fendt®, GSI®, Massey Ferguson®, Precision Planting® and Valtra®. Powered by Fuse® smart farming solutions, AGCO’s comprehensive line of equipment and services helps farmers sustainably feed our world. Founded in 1990 and headquartered in Duluth, Georgia, USA, AGCO had net sales of approximately $11.1 billion in 2021. For more information, visit www.AGCOcorp .com. For company news, information and events, please follow us on Twitter: @AGCOCorp. For financial news on Twitter, please follow the hashtag #AGCOIR.

About the AGCO Agricultural Foundation (AAF)

The AGCO Agriculture Foundation (AAF), launched by AGCO Corporation (NYSE: AGCO) in 2018, is a private foundation whose vision is to prevent and alleviate hunger. The foundation launches impactful programs that support food security, promote sustainable agricultural development, and build needed agricultural infrastructure in marginalized farming communities. AAF is domiciled in Vaduz, Liechtenstein and operations are managed from Duluth, Georgia, USA. For more information, please visit https://www.agcofoundation.org/

About Heifer Netherlands

Heifer Netherlands is a non-profit organization registered in the Netherlands and part of the International Heifer network working in over 20 countries. Heifer’s mission is to eradicate hunger and poverty in a sustainable way by supporting and investing alongside local farmers and their communities. For more information visit our website: www.heifer.nl/en/

Why everything is lined up for Indian airlines to take more global skies

0

Mint recently reported that the government has held talks with Indian airlines on exploring jumbo jet operations to make India a global aviation hub. The Ministry of Civil Aviation has asked low-cost airlines such as IndiGo and SpiceJet to explore the possibility of introducing jumbo jets into their fleets, and has also asked full-service airlines such as Vistara and Air India to explore bolstering their wide-body aircraft fleet. .

In many ways, what the government is pushing Indian carriers to do is a natural path of progression and growth for them. India now has world-class airports in a number of cities, including even non-metro ones like Ahmedabad and Kannur, which allow easy transfer of domestic passengers to international flights and vice-versa. However, at the moment only Air India and Vistara have jumbo jets. This means that foreign carriers such as Emirates, Qatar Airways, Etihad, British Airways, United and Lufthansa, which operate jumbo jets, can take full advantage of these mega airports that India has built.

you might also like

Why you’re not getting 5G on your phone

A taboo is now on the table for India Inc

How automakers risk their margins

How this Mumbai couple got into goal-linked investing

Much of the national airlines’ fleet consists of narrow-body aircraft that allow them to fly for four to five hours on routes within India or to Southeast Asian countries such as Singapore, Thailand and Malaysia and Southeast Asia such as Nepal, Bhutan, Sri Lanka and Maldives.

Here, IndiGo is an exception as it has more than eighty 321 NEOs which allow it to operate further to Turkey, but even this type of aircraft cannot fly non-stop to London, USA, Canada, Australia, Africa and South America, which means that traffic to and from India is carried by foreign carriers to these destinations.

This disadvantages Indian carriers, as it is estimated that only 36% of international air traffic to India is handled by Indian carriers, while more than 60% of revenue generated on these routes passes into foreign hands.

Rémi Maillard, president of Airbus India and managing director of its South Asia region, told MoneyControl late last year: “There is no other country in the world where you have this (sort of) domination of foreign carriers in international traffic. It’s unique. If you take China, USA, Europe or any major markets, you have a more balanced market share between local and international carriers.”

Given this scenario, the government’s boost to Indian carriers makes a lot of sense.

In a way, a small start to what the government is offering to Indian carriers has been made. Air India recently signed a letter of intent for five used Boeing 777-200 Long-Range. The B777-200LRs will join the fleet between December and March next year and will be deployed on routes from Indian metropolises to the United States.

Similarly, Vistara operates daily in London. In August, he also announced a 100% increase to and from Frankfurt and Paris. This became possible when he received his third wide-body Boeing 787-9, allowing him to fly such long distances.

There has also been talk of Air India seeking to acquire the Airbus A-350, and Vistara already owns the widebody Boeing 787-9. This will help the two Indian carriers to establish themselves on the international scene since these aircraft have a range of 8,700 to 9,000 nautical miles and are able to fly between the most distant points of the world, such as from Marrakech to Auckland non-stop. From India, the A-350-900 ULR can fly nonstop between Mumbai and Buenos Aires, Mumbai and Panama City (which, if fitted, will be the world’s longest flight), Delhi-Auckland or connect Thiruvananthapuram to Tel Aviv.

Given that Delhi, Mumbai and Bangalore were among the top 50 international mega hub airports in September this year in a survey by travel data provider OAG, ordering and operating jumbo jets will achieve the target that the government set before the Indian carriers. In fact, Delhi has been named the biggest mega-hub in the Asia-Pacific region, followed by Haneda Airport in Japan.

There could also be economic fallout if this were to happen. A recent study titled “Outbound Travel and Tourism – An Untapped Opportunity” by Nangia Andersen LLP in association with Ficci indicates that outbound travel from India will exceed $42 billion by 2024 and the government could make some policy changes to boost this growing market.

Elsewhere mint

In Opinion, Arun Maira supports both physics and economics need a reset. Forget Bollywood fancy that India can decouple, says Rahul Jacob. Stuart Trow says a toolkit to fix Bernanke patches can qualify for a future Nobel. Long Story answers questions about toxic cough syrups.

Catch all the trade news, market news, breaking news and latest updates on Live Mint. Download the Mint News app to get daily market updates.

More less

To subscribe to Mint Bulletins

* Enter a valid email

* Thank you for subscribing to our newsletter.

Should we go to Florida? The ethics of travel after a hurricane.

0

On Visit Floridaclick on the “South-West” region of the map and a link takes you to Barefoot Beach in Naples. In the photo, beachgoers are lounging on the white sand, a gentle breeze barely ruffling the umbrellas. Wavelets ripple in the Gulf of Mexico. You want to be there, but you’ll have to wait – weeks or even months, depending on Hurricane Ian recovery efforts and your own ethical calculations.

A responsible return of tourism “depends on the location and the level of devastation,” said Stephanie Murphy, vice president of preparedness, resilience and emergency management at Tidal pool, a disaster preparedness and recovery consulting firm. “Everyone’s moral code must also come into play.”

No two natural disasters are alike and no recovery timeline is the same. Some destinations will quickly snag the “Welcome Back” sign; others will keep it for an indefinite period.

If you find yourself conflicted with the idea of ​​vacationing in a destination that has experienced loss, here is balm for your soul: as soon as the infrastructure can accommodate tourists, your visit will support the local economy, fill the tax coffers and, above all, reassure the inhabitants that they are not alone.

“It’s reasonable to feel uncomfortable, but it’s not insensitive,” says Josh Dozor, managing director of the risk assessment company for the Americas. International SOS. “People want to get back to normal, and tourism is part of that normal. Seeing tourists is a sign that everything is going to be fine.

7 things to know about traveling during hurricane season

Puerto Rico tourism rebounds

Puerto Rico, which was hit by Hurricane Fiona on September 18, rebounded quickly. Brad Dean, CEO of the Tourism Marketing Organization Discover Puerto Ricocalled the storm a “temporary disruption”.

With the exception of the southwest region of the island, the majority of hotels, attractions and beaches have reopened, if they had closed at all. Five days after Fiona made landfall, Journey performed in front of 18,000 spectators in San Juan. This week, El Yunque National Forest opened, although a few of its damaged trails remain closed.

“Fiona caused a setback but not a reset,” Dean said. “Visitors started coming back within two weeks of landing.”

Southwest Florida still in recovery mode

More than a thousand miles to the north, communities in southwest Florida are still assessing the devastation wrought by Hurricane Ian, which Puerto Rico knows all too well after Hurricane Maria hit the island a while ago. five years.

“We ask visitors to put their travel plans on hold for the time being,” said Tamara Pigott, executive director of Lee County Visitors and Convention Bureauwhich includes some of the hardest hit cities, such as Fort Myers Beach and Sanibel.

DT Minich, President and CEO of Discover Kissimmeeis no stranger to disasters: he was working in tourism when hurricanes Charley and Wilma (2004 and 2005, respectively) and the Deepwater Horizon oil spill (2010) rocked Florida. He said local governments will not sugarcoat the situation and invite tourists to return prematurely.

“They’re trying to clean up and rebuild,” he said of his neighbors about 150 miles to the southwest. “They don’t want or need visitors at the moment.” He added that the Kissimmee area will be fully operational this weekend, when wild florida and Gator Land will fully reopen after experiencing flooding.

How Fiona was a different type of storm than Maria

How to know if it’s good to go

If the government or tourism officials ask tourists to postpone their trips, travelers should heed their request. But the question of whether to visit, and when, is murkier without such a clear guideline. Intelligence and introspection can lead you to the right answer.

“When is it more ethical not to go and when is it responsible to go?” said Claire Bennett, co-founder of learning service, a voluntourism company, who lived in Nepal during the 2015 earthquake. “The cruelty and trauma of natural disasters cannot be ignored. Before you go, you need to be sure of your goal. Are you going there to do volunteer work or for sightseeing? Are your interests appropriate in the current climate?

Recovery and restore operations occur in stages. Dozor said leisure travelers should avoid locations during the early response and immediate recovery phases, when critical services and utilities are still down. A “stabilized” environment, he said, “is achieved when essential lifelines are operational, but not yet fully restored or repaired.”

Obviously, travelers cannot visit if airports or major arteries are closed and critical bridges are down, such as the Sanibel Causeway. Even though commercial flights have resumed and cars are back on the road, Dozor advises travelers not to visit a destination struggling with widespread power outages, compromised road accessibility, inoperative cell towers, security advisories, boiling water or besieged hospitals.

“Those are good indicators not to go there,” he said.

Disney World reopens after Hurricane Ian

One of the consequences of travelers returning too soon is that they can put negative pressure on fragile or fractured infrastructure and drain already scarce resources.

Lodgings often house survivors, first responders and contractors, so room availability may be restricted. Short-term rentals may also be scarce: Last week, Airbnb announced that it would provide vouchers to displaced residents of Florida’s Lee and Charlotte counties. Power lines and fallen trees can block transportation routes, affecting food and fuel supplies.

“A general rule of thumb would be to expect your presence to be more of a benefit to the affected community than a hindrance,” said Tim Dean, lead philosopher of the Ethics Center In Sydney. “This means being aware of the needs and challenges of the community and making sure not to consume resources such as food, shelter or electricity that the community or essential workers may need during recovery.”

For the latest recovery updates, check the websites or social media accounts of local governments, tourist offices and emergency management services. Also contact your hotel for the condition of the accommodations. (Try emailing if the property’s landline isn’t working.) Many amenities may not be available: the pool may be filled with debris, the fitness center plunged into darkness , the lobby mini-market snack shelves are bare.

“You have to manage your expectations,” Dozor said.

What to expect when you arrive

Dozor encourages travelers to be prepared for disaster-related challenges. For example, renting a car could be difficult if the storm has wiped out inventory or aid organizations have broken down rental vehicles.

Bring a substantial amount of cash in case ATMs run out of bills and credit card machines break down due to power outages. Print or retrieve maps in case your navigation apps can’t connect. Dozor also advises against driving beyond a tank of gas to and from, in case you can’t find an open gas station.

When interacting with locals, be sensitive to what they have been through and are going through. Shower them with kindness and empathy. “The staff may be tired or new,” Murphy said. “Be more patient than usual.”

Recovery experts urge travelers to stick to commercial areas, which often rebound faster than residential neighborhoods, and leave the most devastated sections to heal on their own. “Don’t do disaster tourism. Do not try to find affected areas,” Murphy said. “Be respectful and go to tourist areas.”

How to help in the field

For travelers looking to volunteer, Murphy cautions against showing up to a nonprofit or charity out of the blue. Your sudden appearance could disrupt the flow and order. Also, don’t drop off items that aren’t on an organization’s wish list. “It overwhelms the system,” Murphy said.

Katie Wilkes, spokeswoman for the American Red Cross, said a monetary donation is preferable to household items and other products, which she said “take away valuable resources like time, money and the energy of the response operation”.

To help point you in the right direction, before you leave, contact a local or national non-profit or non-governmental organization, such as American Red Cross, United Way, World Central Cuisine Where Crisis cleaning, an online platform that manages recovery events. You can also approach humane societies and animal shelters, which will have an influx of dogs and cats in need of food, blankets and comfort.

And, of course, spending money on local establishments can boost the destination’s economy and spirits.

Here’s Why Investors Should Hold Terex (TEX) Stock Now

0

Terex Company TEX is well positioned for growth thanks to strong customer demand and backlog levels in both of its segments. The focus on cost containment actions, strategic growth initiatives, investment in innovative products and digital growth bodes well.

TEX currently has a Zacks Rank #3 (Hold) and a VGM Score of A. Our research shows that stocks with a VGM Score of A or B combined with a Zacks Rank #1 (Strong Buy), 2 (Buy) or 3 offer the best investment opportunities. You can see the full list of today’s Zacks #1 Rank stocks here.

Let’s dig deeper into the factors that make Terex worth keeping right now.

Price performance

Image source: Zacks Investment Research

The stock has gained 11% in the past three months against industry growth of 1.6%.

Surprise Positive Earnings Trend

Terex has a four-quarter earnings surprise of 31.7% on average.

Optimistic outlook

Terex expects earnings of between $3.80 and $4.20 in 2022, indicating mid-term growth of 30% from the figure reported a year ago. Growth will be driven by strong demand, TEX’s efforts to overcome supply disruptions and a ramp-up in production. Price increases and cost reductions will help offset inflationary pressures and increase revenues.

Northward growth projections

The Zacks consensus estimate for TEX’s earnings per share is currently pegged at $4.01 for 2022, indicating a 30.6% improvement over the prior year’s figure. The same for 2023 stands at $4.67, which forecasts a 16.5% improvement from the figure reported a year ago. TEX has an estimated long-term earnings growth rate of 17.3%.

Solid dynamics in segments

Terex’s aerial work platform segment is seeing continued strong global demand. It will leverage its efforts to right-size its cost structure, focus on operational execution, strengthen its global presence and deliver innovative products. In the materials processing segment, strong end-market demand will drive revenue. A strong product pipeline, expansion into new geographies, rollout of innovative products, and continued strong execution are all positives.

Terex’s backlog in both of its segments has improved over the past seven quarters on the back of strong demand. TEX ended the recently released second quarter of 2022 with a strong total backlog of $3.47 billion, up 51% from last year’s levels. This bodes well for its high-level performance over the coming quarters. Rising infrastructure spending in the US should be a major catalyst for TEX going forward.

Other key factors

Terex has made significant progress in its “Execute, Innovate, Grow” strategy. Under the “Execute” theme, TEX continues the progress made with its “Execute to Win” theme by intensifying process discipline and implementing several new operational processes, among other initiatives. Working on this theme, TEX managed to reduce its SG&A expenses to 11% of its sales.

The “Innovate” factor emphasizes the continuous development of its product offerings and the application of technology. In line with this goal, Terex recently launched the first all-electric utility truck of its kind. The “Grow” aspect focuses on increasing its inorganic investments and acquisitions, the most recent being the Steelweld and ProAll deals.

Additionally, Terex is focused on maintaining strong liquidity. At the end of the second quarter of 2022, TEX had $678.3 million in total available liquidity, with no short-term maturities. Its total debt to total capital ratio has been declining in recent years and stood at 0.44 as of June 30, 2022, below the industry’s 0.70.

Actions to Consider

Some higher ranked stocks in the industrials sector are Tenaris TS, CECO Environment CECE and WW Grainger Inc. GWW. While TS is sporting a #1 Zacks rank, CECE and GWW are currently sporting a #2 Zacks rank.

Tenaris recorded a surprise on earnings for the last four quarters of 34% on average. Earnings estimates have risen 8% for fiscal 2022 in the past 60 days. Shares of TS are up 11% in the past three months.

CECO Environmental realized an earnings surprise for the last four quarters of 29.1% on average. Earnings estimates have risen 17% for fiscal 2022 in the past 60 days. CECE stock has gained 61% over the past three months.

Grainger’s earnings surprise over the past four quarters averaged 7.9%. Over the past 60 days, GWW earnings estimates have risen 4% for 2022. The stock has gained 6% over the past three months.

Free report reveals how you could profit from the growing electric vehicle industry

Globally, sales of electric cars continue their remarkable growth even after breaking records in 2021. High gasoline prices have fueled its demand, but the evolution of comfort, features and technology of electric vehicles too. So the fervor for electric vehicles will last long after gas prices normalize. Not only are manufacturers raking in record profits, but producers of electric vehicle technology are also raking in the dough. Do you know how to cash out? If not, we have the perfect report for you – and it’s FREE! Today, don’t miss your chance to download Zacks Top 5 Stocks for the Electric Vehicle Revolution for free and without obligation.>>Send me my free report on Top 5 Electric Vehicle Stocks

Want the latest recommendations from Zacks Investment Research? Today you can download 7 best stocks for the next 30 days. Click to get this free report

Terex Corporation (TEX): Free Inventory Analysis Report

WW Grainger, Inc. (GWW): Free Stock Analysis Report

CECO Environmental Corp. (CECE): Free Stock Analysis Report

Tenaris SA (TS): Free Stock Analysis Report

To read this article on Zacks.com, click here.

Zacks Investment Research

The views and opinions expressed herein are the views and opinions of the author and do not necessarily reflect those of Nasdaq, Inc.

The government is committed to creating an investment-friendly environment: Prime Minister Deuba « Khabarhub

0

KATHMANDU: Prime Minister Sher Bahadur Deuba has said that the government is committed to creating an enabling environment in which Non-Resident Nepalese (NRNs) can easily invest and recoup the return on investment.

Addressing a program organized by the Nepal Non-Resident Association (NRNA) on the occasion of NRNA Day in Kathmandu today, he said the government had facilitated, through various reforms political and legal, the use of NRN investment for the development and reconstruction of the nation.

NRNA is a joint forum of non-resident Nepalese around the world established with the aim of protecting and promoting their rights and welfare. Since its inception, the NRNA has played an important role in utilizing and mobilizing the capital, technology and entrepreneurial spirit of Nepalese living overseas for the development of the country and forging unity. , goodwill and mutual cooperation among the Nepalese diasporas.

“I express my confidence in the continued support and goodwill of the NRNA in Nepal’s drive for development and prosperity. The NRNA has played a supportive role in spreading Nepali language, culture, tradition, art and literature through its overseas publicity. I believe he will also continue these efforts in the coming days and pursue his activities more vigorously to promote Nepali culture abroad,” Prime Minister Deuba said.

Affirming that Nepalese spread all over the world have contributed to enhancing the identity and prestige of the country abroad as well as to the development and construction of the country concerned, he urged all RRNs affiliated to the organization to use the capital, technical and managerial skills and knowledge they have acquired abroad for the prosperity of the nation.

In the days following the Gorkha earthquake in 2015, the NRNA contributed to the rescue and rehabilitation of those affected by the earthquake as well as the reconstruction of damaged houses. It has also provided humanitarian aid during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Describing the Nepalese scattered across the globe as the non-resident ambassadors of Nepal, Prime Minister Deuba urged the RRNs to establish Nepal’s identity and encourage investors from foreign countries to bring direct investment into Nepal.

“The export of domestic products would be encouraged if the NRNs prioritized the use of products made in Nepal in foreign countries. It would also help promote small cottage industries based on Nepali labor, skills and raw materials,” he said.

Prime Minister Deuba called on NRNs to emphasize investing the income they have earned in a foreign country in various productive sectors in Nepal as well as bringing capital and technology from foreign investors to Nepal through coordination and collaboration with Nepalese embassies in the linked country.

He informed that the minimum investment threshold has been lowered from Rs 50 million to Rs 20 million in the budget statement for the current financial year, as requested by the NRNA.

Similarly, arrangements have been made for the approval of foreign investments amounting to Rs 100 million through the automated system. Legal provisions have been made to open the investments of the NRNs in the secondary market of the equity market.

The government has also made arrangements to reserve a 10 percent share for Nepalese who have opted for overseas employment under the IPO.

The Prime Minister said that these measures should encourage NRNs to invest in Nepal in various ways. The government has provided the required cooperation from its side, whether it is to facilitate the arrival of the NRNs in Nepal or to protect their investments and assets.

He assured that the issue of citizenship raised by the NRNs for a long time would be resolved by amending the citizenship law in the near future.

A breath of change in the air on the day of the nomination of the candidates

0

The race for federal parliament and provincial assemblies entered an important stage on Sunday with political parties and individuals filing nominations across the country. The candidates will compete for 165 seats in the federal parliament and 330 seats in the provincial assemblies under the first-past-the-post system (SMU) on November 20.

Another 110 seats in the federal parliament and 220 seats in the provincial assemblies will be filled by the proportional representation electoral system.

While hundreds of candidates have submitted candidacies as independent candidates, the real fight will be between the alliance of the five ruling parties and another coalition led by the CPN-UML. Sunday’s nominations suggest that the joint candidates of the Nepali Congress, the CPN (Maoist Centre), the CPN (United Socialist), the Loktantrik Samajbadi Party and the Rastriya Janamorcha will challenge the candidates put forward jointly by the UML, the Janata Samajbadi Party, the Rastriya Prajatantra Party and Rastriya Prajatantra Party-Nepal. However, unlike the five-party alliance, the UML-led electoral partnership does not have common candidates across the country.

“The nomination process for elections under the SMU system went smoothly across the country,” Shaligram Paudel, spokesperson for the Elections Commission, told The Post. According to the commission’s report compiled as the Post went to press, 2,494 people, including 233 women, have filed for the House of Representatives. A total of 3,423 people, including 295 women and one from the sexual and gender minority community, filed their candidacy for the provincial assemblies.

The commission had set Sunday for the filing of SMU nominations. On September 18 and 19, the parties had submitted their closed lists of proportional candidates.

Prime Minister and Congress President Sher Bahadur Deuba filed his candidacy from Dadeldhura for the seventh time since 1991. Arzu Rana Deuba, member of the Congress Central Working Committee and wife of the Prime Minister, filed the candidacy on behalf of her husband at the district office. of the commission. The country’s chief executive will take on his former comrade Karna Malla, who left Congress to join the fringe Nepali Congress (BP).

CPN-UML Chairman and former Prime Minister KP Sharma Oli has been trying his luck since Jhapa-5. Khagendra Adhikari of Congress, the ruling alliance’s joint candidate, and writer Deepak Kumar (Yug) Pathak, among others, challenge him. The Rastriya Prajatantra Party supports Oli.

Then there is the chairman of the Maoist Center, Pushpa Kamal Dahal, who constantly likes to change constituencies. In the first Constituency Assembly (CA) elections in 2008, Dahal won Rolpa-2 and Kathmandu-10. And in the second CA elections in 2013, he was elected in Siraha-3, but lost in Kathmandu-10. But the new electoral rules prohibit candidates from running in more than one constituency.

And in 2017, in the first general elections held after the promulgation of the federal constitution, Dahal moved to Chitwan-3, his home district, and won. But this time he tries his luck in Gorkha-2. Dahal’s nomination was proposed by Babarum Bhattarai, Chairman of Nepal’s Samajbadi Party, and seconded by Narayan Kaji Shrestha, Senior Vice Chairman of the Maoist Centre. Both Bhattarai and Shrestha are from Gorkha and as of 2017 the two had been feuding since Gorkha-2. The competition was won by Bhattarai, who had the support of the Nepali Congress.

UML lined up Abdus Miya to challenge Dahal. Similarly, Madhavi Bhatta, a dissident in the Nepalese Congress, is also running as an independent, challenging Dahal.

The chairman of the Socialist United, Madhav Kumar Nepal, is a joint candidate of the five-party alliance in Rautahat-1. Upendra Yadav, chairman of the Janata Samajbadi party, has been contesting from Saptari-2 with the support of UML. Yadav is likely to face a tough challenge from Jaya Prakash Thakur of the Loktantrik Samajbadi party, who is a joint candidate from the Congress-led electoral alliance. CK Raut, president of the Janamat party, is also a candidate in the same constituency.

Similarly, Loktantrik Samajbadi party chairman Mahantha Thakur is running for Mahottari-3 as the ruling alliance’s joint candidate. The UML-led alliance sent Hari Narayan Yadav of the Janata Samajbadi party to challenge Thakur.

In several constituencies, the battle will be played out between heavyweights. Rajendra Lingden, the chairman of the Rastriya Prajatantra party, confronts top Congress leader Krishna Sitaula at Jhapa-3. Lingden has the support of the UML while Sitaula is the common candidate of the five-party alliance. Lingden defeated Sitaula in the 2017 election.

At Sarlahi-2, Rajendra Mahato, senior leader of the Loktantrik Samajbadi party, confronts Mahendra Raya Yadav, co-chairman of Bhattarai’s party. Similarly, Gokarna Bista, secretary of the UML, and Ram Kumari Jhakri, secretary of the United Socialist and former leader of the UML, are fighting one-on-one at Gulmi-2.

At Syangja-2, Congress Vice President Dhanraj Gurung will face UML Secretary Padma Aryal. Aryal was elected in the constituency in 2017.

In the capital, Kathmandu-5 will see an interesting contest. Ishwar Pokharel, senior vice-president of the UML, is questioned by Pradip Poudel of the Congress. Former Bibeksheel Sajha party leader Ranju Darshana has also filed as a constituency independent.

Nepal Airlines to sell 5 Chinese turboprops

0

Nepal Airlines will sell five Chinese-made turboprops at a loss. The planes in question are unairworthy and have been grounded for years. The airline has tried to lease them before but has had no takers. They have been a financial burden on the airline, which is already saddled with huge debt. The airline admits demand for the planes is weak and will have to sell them for far less than it paid a decade ago.


Financial burden

The Nepalese Ministry of Finance owns all five aircraft. They were originally purchased for the airline to use on underserved mountain routes. The aircraft offered for sale include two MA60 aircraft and three Y12e aircraft. The plane was not in service long before being grounded. The aircraft have had an unusually high number of maintenance issues for their age, and spare parts are hard to find for this aircraft. In addition to maintenance dilemmas, the airline struggled to find enough qualified pilots to fly the planes let alone flight instructors capable of teaching other pilots to fly the plane.

SIMPLEFLYING VIDEO OF THE DAY

In July 2020, the airline’s management announced that it would ground all Chinese-made aircraft. In December 2020, the airline petitioned Nepal’s Ministry of Civil Aviation in hopes that it would receive permission to part ways with the aircraft. After being grounded for two years, the airline has finally received clearance.

Attempts to say goodbye

For these reasons, the Ministry of Finance approved Nepal Airlines’ request to lease the aircraft to another air carrier. The aircraft were leased on September 14. The only parties eligible to bid on a lease must have a valid air operator certificate and at least one aircraft in their fleet. If another air carrier were to lease the planes, it would be a bareboat lease, meaning the lessor would be responsible for providing flight and cabin crew.

The bidding period was to end on October 31. However, neither party seriously considered leasing the planes, leading the airline to put them up for sale this week. Before the plane became available for lease, the finance ministry asked the airline to sell the plane at a loss if a lessor didn’t show up, as they had been burning a hole in its wallet for years. Both parties recognize that the longer these planes remain unairworthy, the less valuable they will be. A former board member of Nepal Airlines, Ashok Pokhrel, said:

“Without a doubt, planes can fly. It was a management problem that the shiny new planes never flew for the purpose for which they were brought in,

“Now, years after they’ve been acquired, it’s wise to sell them rather than keep them in storage,

“If planes start to rust, they will become scrap metal.”

Several aircraft have already begun to show signs of corrosion. The next owner will likely use the planes for parts instead of bothering to restore them to airworthy condition. The airline’s experience with these aircraft has shown that aftermarket support is limited, leading many operators to opt to acquire aircraft produced by well-established Western manufacturers.

What do you think of the sale of these planes? Let us know in the comments below.

Source: TheNation, ANI

Tribute to world famous mountaineer and skier from Colorado, Hilaree Nelson

0

When you think of the giants of the world of mountaineering and adventure, a name inevitably imposes itself at the top.

Hilaree Nelson was the best of her time.

“We love Hilaree for her energy and drive. He was always equal to men in the mountains and incredibly strong in that sense,” said Conrad Anker, a friend of Nelson and fellow mountaineer.

Together, Nelson and Anker climbed Denali and Everest and embarked on an expedition to Antarctica.

But Anker notes that it’s not Nelson’s ability to climb or ski the most impressive peaks that stands out.

“As a professional, she always stood up for women, and when she lifted women, she lifted everyone,” he recalls.

Nelson died on September 26 after being caught in an avalanche on Mount Manaslu in Nepal.

She was 49 years old.

Nelson grew up in Seattle, Washington, where she spent her winters skiing Stevens Pass in the Cascades.

After graduating from college, she went to Chamonix, France for a winter that turned into five years, and Nelson began her journey as a world-renowned ski mountaineer.

In a career that spanned decades, Nelson became the first decent on dozens of mountains, on more than 40 expeditions to 16 different countries.

She was the first person to complete a ski descent of Lhotse, the first woman to connect Everest and Lhotse in 24 hours.

She completed a double summit of Denali and was the first person to decently ski Paupsura Peak.

She was named National Geographic’s Adventurer of the Year and North Face Athlete, captain of the North Face team.

But even with all of his accomplishments, talk to those who knew Nelson, it’s his heart that leaves the most impact.

Anker remembers their expedition to Denali.

“She was with a group of young skiers and snowboarders and she was awesome. She was like the den mother. She was there to make sure we were fed and the youngsters did their part and tidied up,” Anker said.

“He was a cross between a wonderful parent and an expedition leader.”

Suzan Beraza knew Nelson through her work with Mountainfilm. She remembers being a little intimidated at first.

“I always looked up to Hilaree and I looked up to her, and I thought she was the coolest woman ever. Then getting to know her, it was just that other side of her. She wasn’t intimidating at all. Because of all her accomplishments, I thought ‘wow, she’s just kind of an untouchable woman.’ But she was quite the opposite,” Beraza recalled.

“She was caring and generous, and generous with her time. And just had the nicest easy laugh, and just a really fun person,” she said.

Beraza adds that if the world knew Nelson as a mountaineering pioneer, she was so much more than that.

“She was just an amazing member of the Telluride community. Incredibly generous with her time, being an incredible mother and an incredible partner,” Beraza said.

“She was just a warm, loving, kind person, and being a mountain climber was just a small part of who she really was.”

Still, it’s hard to underestimate Nelson’s importance to the world of mountaineering.

Especially for women.

“Hilaree’s legacy will be one of empowering women to pursue their big mountain dreams. Whether it’s working as a ski guide in helicopter gear, being a team captain at North Face, or climbing Everest and Lhotse in one day,” Anker said.

“Her ability and drive touched many people and specifically encouraged women to pursue their dreams, you know they had the skills and the ability to do that,” Beraza said.

“She was a complete role model for women and showed that you can have those accomplishments and achieve your goals while being a mother. Often women are held to a different standard for that than men, where men can go out and do all of that. these things and having children, women are kind of judged to say “oh no, you can’t do that. You are a woman.” She really opened up that big opening and showed that it’s important for women to have dreams and to follow those dreams.”

Nelson is survived by his two children Grayden and Quinn. And her love, Jim.

This story of KOTO was shared with Aspen Public Radio through Rocky Mountain Community Radio, a network of public media stations in Colorado, Wyoming, Utah and New Mexico, including Aspen Public Radio.

You Won’t Believe This Scary New Netflix Doc Is Real

0

As well as hosting wildly successful original scripted content like Ryan Murphy’s still relatively new Jeffrey Dahmer TV series, as well as original movies like Lou and Blond, Netflix is ​​also a fantastic source of powerful and gripping documentary films and series. Among the titles of the latter genre to put on your watch list, I am Vanessa Guillen (coming November 17) will revisit a crime that shook the country. Another to know – the 3-episode docuseries just released Aftershock: Everest and the earthquake in Nepal.

Aftershock: Everest and the earthquake in Nepal

About this new version, Netflix explains that replica mixes first-hand accounts from survivors – and real footage – to tell the story of the deadly 2015 earthquake that rocked Nepal.


The earthquake was a devastating event for the nation, killing nearly 9,000 people and injuring thousands more besides. It was the worst natural disaster to hit Nepal since the 1930s – and what’s more, the earthquake also triggered a deadly avalanche on Mount Everest that killed several people.

A review of the replica The series said its “frightening first-hand experiences show the fragility of life.”

Other Netflix documentaries

Definitely make time for this new series if you need a new documentary title to watch. In addition to replicaIn the meantime, other recent Netflix documentaries to put on your watchlist if you’re a fan of the genre include A journey to infinity and Eat the Rich: The GameStop Saga.

The latter is a 3-episode docuseries that takes viewers back to GameStop’s wild stock market history from 2021. In case you’ve forgotten, that’s when Redditors managed to bump up GameStop’s share price by more than 5,000% in a bid to profit from short interest in the video game retailer’s stock.

The other, A journey to infinityis a Netflix documentary film bringing together experts such as mathematicians, cosmologists and particle physicists to delve into the nature of infinity as a concept – and to talk about its implications for the universe.


More Netflix news: Netflix Top 10: The most watched shows in the world right now

Brokerage places a buy call on this QSR multibagger industry stock and sees 40% upside potential

0

Outlook and stock returns

The current market price of the share on October 6 stood at Rs 639.20 each on NSE. Its 52-week low is Rs 451.20 and its 52-week high is Rs 918, respectively. It is a large-cap restaurant business with a market capitalization of Rs 41,794.59 crore.

Over the past week, the stock has jumped 5.9%, giving a positive return. While in the last 1 and 3 months it gave positive returns of 4.56 and 13.54%. It gave 18.76% negative return in one year. Over the past 3 and 5 years, it has given multibagger returns of 148.06% and 314.15%, respectively.

JFL has a business model focused on delivery and take-out, which has grown steadily over the past 5 years. (CAGR of 11.22% from FY17-22).

Maintain its status as a leader in the QSR industry

Maintain its status as a leader in the QSR industry

JFL is the largest foodservice brand in the QSR industry with a first to move advantage. The company is far ahead of its competitors in terms of number of stores (1,625 in Q1 FY23), market presence (14% market share) and robust delivery model, which further aims to reach 3,000 stores medium term. While its closest peer, Devyani International, holds a 7% market share with a presence of 1,008 stores in the first quarter of FY23.

    Continuous investment and focus on technology development

Continuous investment and focus on technology development

The company’s focus remains clear on building its digital assets, as it remains unbeatable in the areas of online presence and digital dominance through its in-house Domino’s Pizza mobile app (30.2 million app downloads during exercise 22). The contribution of mobile orders to OLO sales increased from 38% at the end of financial year 2016 to 97% for financial year 22.

Deliver value to customers by creating sought-after growth strategies

Deliver value to customers by creating sought-after growth strategies

JFL has never failed to impress as it has created its place in the market by emphasizing the “value for money” philosophy and strived to provide the best quality pizzas at affordable prices, thus highlighting its “everyday value” (EDV) strategy.

Diversification into new brands and development of own brands

Diversification into new brands and development of own brands

The company is well placed to leverage its position to promote its new portfolio of local brands in the market – Hong’s Kitchen (14 stores), Ekdum! (6 stores) and ChefBoss, as well as Dunkin (25 stores) and Popeyes (6 stores) from Q1 FY23.

International expansion and growth

International expansion and growth

Through its aggressive expansion strategies, the company made ripples in the international geographies of Sri Lanka and Bangladesh as well as DP Eurasia despite headwinds of deteriorating economic conditions and rising inflation amid of COVID. (The total number of stores in Sri Lanka and Bangladesh touched 46 and DP Eurasia reached 842 in the first quarter of FY23).

Initiate buy hedge - Target price of Rs 891

Initiate buy hedge – Target price of Rs 891

According to the brokerage firm, tight cost control and management’s focus on aggressive store additions as well as the push on digital and technology initiatives have been key positives providing strong growth prospects. The resulting strong performance in the first quarter of FY23, driven by strong revenue growth, renewed LFL growth and positive expectations from the new brand portfolio, makes JFL a compelling choice. “Sustained delivery demand is also here to stay as we expect further growth in Revenue/PAT CAGR at 28%/37% respectively from FY22-25E and ROE/ROCE at 28%/41% FY24E. initiate a hedge with a BUY valuing the stock at 76x (JFL’s 10-year average P/E) CY24E EPS of Rs 11.8 to arrive at our target price of Rs 891 with a potential upside of 41%,” said the brokerage house.

Disclaimer

Disclaimer

The stock was selected in Bonanza Portfolio’s brokerage report. Greynium Information Technologies, the author and the respective brokerage are not responsible for any losses caused as a result of decisions based on the article. Goodreturns.in advises users to check with certified experts before making any investment decision.

Providence Zoo mourns death of endangered red panda Sha-Lei

0

An endangered red panda that had lived at the Roger Williams Park Zoo since 2013 has died, the zoo announced Tuesday.

Sha-Lei, 13, was recently diagnosed with heart failure, which is a common cause of death in red pandas, according to the zoo. Despite “vigilant care,” the panda’s “quality of life has deteriorated sharply recently, and the decision has been made to humanely euthanize him,” the zoo said.

“Sha-Lei uplifted and inspired all who met her, through behind-the-scenes encounters and in-depth customer experience programs, or for those lucky enough to care for her, through daily interactions and training sessions,” the zoo said in a Facebook post. . “As we mourn his loss, his impact on our world is unmistakable and unforgettable.”

After:Red Wolf born at Roger Williams Park Zoo could be released, but his survival is not guaranteed

According to the Smithsonian’s National Zoo and Conservation Biology Institute, fewer than 10,000 red pandas survive in the wild, while hundreds live in zoos around the world.

“Red pandas live in high altitude temperate forests with bamboo understory in the Himalayas and other high mountains,” Smithsonian explains. “They range from northern Myanmar (Burma) to the western provinces of Sichuan and Yunnan in China. They are also found in suitable habitats in Nepal, India and Tibet.”

After:‘Historic birth’ at Roger Williams Park Zoo ‘hope for survival’ of this endangered species

With bamboo making up about 95% of their diet, adult red pandas typically weigh between 8 and 17 pounds, are 22 to 24.6 inches long, with an additional tail 14.6 to 18.6 long, depending on the breed. Smithsonian.

Sha-Lei’s male companion, Rusty, “continues to do well in his old age,” according to the zoo, “and staff will continue to monitor him and his behavior.”

The Facebook post asked zoo visitors to “share photos and good memories of Sha-Lei so her keepers can see your memories and kind words.”

[email protected]

(401) 277-7614

On Twitter: @jgregoryperry

Be the first to know.

Subscribe to our latest news alerts

Strengthening Gender Equality through Climate Change Action

0

UN Volunteer Bobae Lee works with a community in Yangon, Myanmar, on disaster risk reduction. Photo: UNV/Bobae Lee

The Asia and Pacific region is particularly vulnerable to the physical impacts of climate change. Coupled with pre-existing gender inequalities, climate-related risks are multiplied for women, girls and people of diverse sexual orientation, gender identity and expression and sex characteristics (SOGIESC) in the region.

Bobae Lee is a Regional Gender and Climate Change Expert with the UN Women Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific. Its mission is fully funded by the Korean government.

“I’ve been volunteering since I could walk. My dad used to take me when he went to take care of disabled people and orphans. He learned to serve others from his parents. During the Korean War, my grandparents -parents stayed at their village to care for the elderly, while others evacuated. My parents volunteered in the Philippines after retirement. Their lifelong dedication and spirit of volunteerism has deeply ingrained in my blood, a spirit of the air across generations that many Koreans share. This ultimately led me to volunteer from a young age until today,” says Bobae.

After securing funding from the Korean government for an internship for UN-Habitat, Bobae was checking UNV specialist positions funded by the Korean Ministry of Foreign Affairs to see if there was a position that matched his career path: working on a design gender-sensitive urban planning using participatory approaches. “When I found the position working for the gender and climate change project, I declined the other job offer and joined the team as a UN Volunteer,” says Bobae .

Bobae is a dynamic colleague greatly appreciated by others in our office. She demonstrated feminist leadership in her day-to-day work, always with a high level of integrity, professionalism and respect for diversity. I am very lucky to have him as a colleague.

— Jianfan Zhu, HR Business Partner
UN Women Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific

Bobae is currently working for a regional project called Empower which aims to strengthen human rights and gender equality through climate change action and disaster risk reduction. “We work with youth, indigenous groups, LGBTIQ+ communities, women entrepreneurs, women-led civil society organizations, national policymakers, governments and key stakeholders in Bangladesh, Cambodia, Vietnam and in other countries in the Asia-Pacific region to implement gender-responsive climate change and disaster risk reduction actions to address key drivers of gender vulnerabilities,” she explains. “We are also working on regional normative and policy frameworks on climate change and disaster risk reduction incorporating a gender equality and human rights perspective,” adds Bobae.

Although women are in the most vulnerable positions in terms of climate-related risks, they also have very deep knowledge at the household and community level for the most effective collective climate actions. That being said, having women at the forefront of local/regional/global climate action will have far-reaching impacts. Bobae adds that “the only way to fight climate change in a healthy approach is to empower half of the world’s population to be active agents of change to fight climate change and lead the green recovery from COVID 19” .

Bobae remains an integral part of the climate change team as well as a key member of the entire regional office. Under the climate change program, Bobae has carried out critical actions related to reporting and evaluation, which requires coordination with country offices and regional stakeholders and advancing inputs techniques in the field of climate change. Bobae provided exemplary support to the team. This also included building and promoting partnerships and developing new program proposals and strategies to advance gender equality and climate change. In addition to core theme-based work, Bobae also contributes substantially to the regional office, including providing empathetic leadership, mentoring and supporting his junior colleagues. We are very grateful to have Bobae on our team.

— Maria Holtsberg, Regional Humanitarian/DRR Specialist
UN Women Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific

Bobae has engaged in collaborative work with other UN entities and organizations, civil society organizations (CSOs), youth activists and embassies.

For example, she has led work on CSO commitments on gender-responsive climate action by publishing training manuals in four languages ​​and offering training of trainers (ToT) in six countries – Bangladesh, Cambodia, Viet Nam, Thailand, Nepal and the Philippines. . From there, 110 CSOs were formed.

In addition to this, she co-led the development of an e-learning course on gender, human rights and climate change with UNEP and UNITAR, which informed over 12,000 learners. The moderated webinar trained more than 100 climate-related policymakers and financial institutions in six countries. She has also led gender-responsive monitoring and evaluation work for the project, published several knowledge products, and raised funds on gender-responsive urban resilience.

“The beauty of volunteering is that it reminds us of important values ​​in our lives and our happiness. It is not about how much we earn or how high our positions are in society. It would be essential that you investigate where your hearts and your love are laid down and choose the UNV positions that match that,” concludes Bobae.

How Access to Earned Wages Beats Payday Loans, Payday Advances and BNPL – Hands Down

0

Imagine that your refrigerator breaks down and you have no savings. You need a new, stat. In some cases, you may need to consider using Buy Now Pay Later or even a payday loan. But that could land you in even more conflict with high interest charges or missed payments.

Instead, you may be able to use your own money to pay for this unexpected cost, by access your own earned salary.

It is now a reality with the Wagestream app, which gives employees instant access to up to 50% of their earned pay at any point in the payroll cycle, so they can cover any emergency or unexpected cost without having to borrow and pay interest or fees delay. It’s all about flexibility.

Here’s a quick breakdown of the difference between Payday Loans, BNPL, Payday Advances, and Earned Salary Access.

A non-solution: personal loans

Payday loans and their exorbitant fees should always be an absolute last choice.

On a $2,000 payday loan, the total repayments will be approximately $3,360 depending on Moneysmart. That’s a whopping $1,360 in interest and fees, even assuming the loan is repaid on time.

These huge repayments consist of set-up fees of up to 20% of the amount borrowed and monthly service fees of up to 4% of the amount borrowed. The lender isn’t even required to disclose these fees to borrowers as an annualized interest rate, making it incredibly difficult to compare products or figure out how much you’re being ripped off.

Payday loans sent hundreds of thousands of Australians spiraling into debt as they struggled to repay them, with 15% of borrowers having to borrow again to repay their first loan, according to Stop the debt trap alliance.

Defer the problem: BNPL

Then there’s BNPL, which often encourages overspending and doesn’t really solve employees’ financial difficulties. ASIC search found that one in five people using BNPL incur late fees that range from $5 to $15 and can be much higher for large purchases. These can add up and become a significant problem when people are managing multiple BNPL purchases.

Wolf in sheep’s clothing: pay an advance

A payday advance is a short-term loan that typically lets you borrow up to 25% of your previous paycheck for a fee.

It is sometimes confused with access to earned wages, but the two products are very different when it comes to helping people avoid debt and boost their financial well-being.

Pay advance providers typically charge 5% per withdrawal, which means if someone accesses $200, they will pay $10 in fees. So if someone needs to access money once a month, that equates to an effective annual interest rate of 60%, and if they access money fortnightly, the effective annual interest increases to 130%.

Importantly, and unlike access to earned wages, payday advance providers do not have a relationship with employers. This means they are unable to verify how much someone earns, when they worked, and what their employment status is. This can lead to all sorts of inaccuracies and complications, especially for shift workers.

True financial stability and well-being: access to earned wages

Compare these options to Earned Salary Access, which provides the ability to access money that has actually been earned, but has not yet been paid.

Earned pay access providers like Wagestream offer their products to employees through employers and know how much someone has earned because their app is connected to an employer’s payroll and time and attendance systems. For casual and shift workers on variable incomes, this is very important, as it removes any uncertainty.

And to add a little icing on the cake, many employers choose to offer this feature as a personal benefit to help support employees’ financial well-being. As a result, employers often subsidize part or even all of the cost on behalf of the employee, reducing or eliminating the cost to employees.

The advantage for employers? Providers like Wagestream have been proven to improve employee engagement, attraction, retention and well-being.

But more importantly, Wagestream addresses the underlying issues that can negatively impact financial well-being by also providing tools to help employees manage their money and improve their financial health by removing some of the barriers behaviors that can hold people back.

Tools include the ability to track real-time income, save directly on paychecks, get personalized financial coaching (live in-app via chat), and practical tips and tricks to help people to get the most out of their salary.

‍So if you need that new refrigerator, you know what to do. Do yourself a favor and avoid the temptation of the payday loan / BNPL / payday advance and ask your employer – where is my earned salary access option?

https://wagestream.com/au/home

This article was developed in conjunction with Wagestream, a Stockhead advertiser at the time of publication.

This article does not constitute advice on financial products. You should consider obtaining independent advice before making any financial decisions.

Bad Credit Loans – Get Payday Loans No Credit Check Guaranteed Approval

0


We all face financial difficulties from time to time and need help to get back on track. Sometimes when we’re faced with an emergency, filling out forms and waiting days for funding just doesn’t help. This is especially true if you have bad credit and can’t find a lender who will approve your loans.

Luckily, many online platforms connect you to multiple lenders who offer bad credit payday loans. And this article lists them for you, saving you from having to find them on your own.

With these payday loans, you’ll get your money as fast as the same day and can pay it back when you get your next paycheck.

Here is a list of these online platforms.

1: WeLoansGet your payday loans approved fast with average to bad credit

2: iPaydayLoansA quick and easy way to get up to $5,000 in payday loans

3. CocoLoanGet a cash advance and other personal loans as fast as the same day

4. American Installment LoansGet suitable rates and terms for your payday loan from trusted lenders

5. Problematic loans in the United StatesBorrow up to $5,000 with bad credit and get same day approval

6. Quick Securities LendingContact Fast Title Loans for no credit check payday loans and same day financing

seven. US securities lendingGet fast cash advances with no credit check required

8. Quick Payday Loans – Apply for fast loans with bad credit in a safe and secure way in the UK

9. Payday Loans UKA quick and easy way to get payday loans up to £5,000 in the UK

ten. Loans for bad credit in UKGet fast approval for various loans in UK with bad credit

Here’s a more in-depth look at our three main platforms.

WeLoans

KSHB

WeLoans is an online platform that connects you with lenders offering payday loans and other short-term personal loans for bad credit. With a simple application process, you can get up to $5,000 in payday loans and get your funding the same or next business day.

WeLoans has a long list of lenders to partner with, which increases your chances of getting loan approval quickly. Unlike traditional lenders, you can submit your information on the WeLoans platform at any time, including outside of normal working hours, and you can still have your application processed.

Its eligibility conditions are also lenient. All you need is proof of your US citizenship, a reliable source of income, and being 18 or older. By meeting these basic requirements, you will be able to apply for a payday loan.

Even if you’re unemployed, you can still apply for a payday loan as long as you prove you have a stable source of income, such as pension payments or social security benefits.

Advantages

  • Industry-level encryption technologies to protect borrower information
  • Competitive interest rates
  • Quick loan approval
  • Easy application process

The inconvenients

  • No direct contact information is provided in case of dispute

Apply for a payday loan with WeLoans today and get your funds in as little as 24 hours>>

iPaydayLoans

iPaydayLoans.png

KSHB

With iPaydayLoans, you can get many short term loans from its wide range of loan offers. He works with a wide range of lenders to secure emergency funds for borrowers with bad credit, including same-day payday loans, title loans, cash advances, and more.

Its payday loan offers range from as little as $50 to $5,000, which you can borrow without hurting your credit score. What else? Its personal loan offers range up to $35,000.

This platform is forgiving for people with bad credit as its lenders only perform soft credit checks on your income to ensure that you can make your repayments on time. So, if you have unexpected expenses that caught you off guard, you can easily get your payday loans through the iPaydayLoans platform, and you can also get your funding fast.

Last but not least, with the encryption protocol, the platform is secure and all financial information you submit will be kept safe.

Advantages

  • High loan approval rates
  • A safe and secure platform
  • Flexible payment methods

The inconvenients

  • May not qualify for loans if you have an unstable source of income

Get started with iPaydayLoans’ quick and easy process to get a payday loan>>

CocoLoan

CocoLoans.png

KSHB

CocoLoan helps borrowers get fast financing for emergencies, including payday loans. It partners with lenders whose loan offers range from $50 to $5,000 and are bad credit friendly. Usually, you will have to pay off your payday loan in 2 to 4 weeks.

Apart from payday loans, you can apply for many other fast loans for alternatives on CocoLoan’s platform, including cash advance and installment loans. The lenders of these loans are reliable and do not carry out rigorous credit checks on you.

The application process is also simple. All you have to do is provide your information on its platform and the information form will be sent directly to its network of lenders. Lenders respond quickly and you’ll know if you’ve been approved within minutes.

With its wide panel of lenders, you can receive more than one offer and have the chance to choose the one that suits you best.

Advantages

  • Competitive loan rates and terms
  • Receive funding as fast as the same day
  • Always 24/7 service for you

The inconvenients

  • Possible late fees
  • Maybe charge prepayment fee

Get up to $5,000 Payday Loans with Guaranteed Approval for Your Urgent Needs at CocoLoan>>

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)

1. Can I get a payday loan online with a prepaid debit card?

Because prepaid debit cards aren’t tied to bank checking accounts, lenders can’t always load your payday loan onto your prepaid debit card. For lenders that offer a prepaid debit card for payday loans, their interest rates are usually higher, going up to 700% APR, as opposed to your usual 400% APR for most lenders.

2. Are payday loans approved by everyone?

Most online payday loans have high approval rates, even for borrowers with poor credit ratings. However, there is no guarantee for loan approvals. Your best bet is to have a reliable source of income. This will prove that you can make your repayments and will tip the balance in your favor.

Conclusion

Need quick cash? Apply for your payday loans today! Online payday loans are generally friendly and generally good for bad credit. If you apply through the sites mentioned above, you will have a good chance of obtaining a loan. This way, you can comfortably take care of your financial emergency while waiting for your next paycheck. Now what are you waiting for? Act now!

Personal feuds, fake social media posts new election security risks

0

As elections approach, the security of polling stations is a primary concern.

In view of the federal and provincial elections, the Ministry of the Interior is accelerating its preparations to guarantee the security and fairness of the November 20 ballot.

Officials preparing an integrated security plan said armed groups posed no big threat to election security this time around, and groups that announced election boycotts also might not engage in violent disruptions. They said intra-party and inter-party divisions were bigger challenges.

The conflict between the parties could be the biggest threat to election security, said Fanindra Mani Pokharel, spokesman for the interior ministry.

A splinter faction of the Communist Party of Nepal (CPN) led by Dharmendra Bastola is likely to pose a threat even though the organization is not expected to cause big problems, interior ministry officials said. In April, the CPN expelled its secretariat members Hemanta Prakash Oli alias Sudarshan and Dharmendra Banstola alias Kanchan for acting against the party organization and leadership.

According to Pokharel, people deprived of tickets could also try to create disruption. “This time we are planning a different kind of security challenge from conventional challenges like bombings and arson,” Pokharel said.

An alliance of some fringe communist parties led by CP Gajurel has also announced plans to boycott the elections, but their impact will be minimal, a senior security official said. “We monitor the activities of political parties that boycott the elections,” the official added.

Candidates deprived of tickets can create unrest, leading to clashes between other party leaders and executives during campaigns and on election day. If political parties manage discontent within their respective parties, including in ticket distribution, Pokharel said, there will be fewer security concerns.

The electoral commission held a meeting earlier this week with security officials to inquire about the arrangements made by the government.

“We don’t see any major security threats this time around, but new challenges may emerge,” Elections Commissioner Dinesh Thapaliya said. The types of risks differ before candidates are nominated, after nomination and around election day, he added.

“There are usual security issues in some districts of Tarai and for that security agencies will have a specific plan,” Thapaliya said.

He highlighted two types of challenges. One concerns disputes between party cadres over the selection of candidates, and the other is related to problems caused by misinformation and disinformation spread on social networks.

Amid criticism from various quarters, the election commission set up a “press office” to scrutinize social and mainstream media content. The Federation of Nepalese Journalists and other media organizations condemned the move, saying freedom of expression could be at stake due to the mechanism. Members of the “press office” mandated to monitor social media news and posts include those from the Nepal Army and Nepal Police.

Thapaliya clarified that it is not the job of the Electoral Commission to deal with cybercrimes. However, misinformation and disinformation disseminated by the media can create unrest in elections.

“Misinformation and misinformation about elections and candidates spread on social media can create unnecessary conflict. We need to closely monitor questionable messages posted through fake accounts,” Thapaliya said.

The Interior Ministry has already instructed security agencies to come up with an integrated security plan for the elections. The ministry has also instructed the 77 district administrative offices to prepare district-specific security plans.

“As security challenges may differ from district to district, one strategy may not be applicable everywhere,” Pokharel said.

President Bidya Devi Bhandari sanctioned the mobilization of the Nepalese army for the elections. The national army has obtained 10 different mandates while mobilizing across the country as recommended by the National Security Council, another security official said.

The Central Security Committee headed by the Interior Minister has already approved the integrated security work plan. Within this framework, the army will take stock of the situation outside the voting booths, carry out aerial patrols and ensure security during the printing and transport of ballot papers. In addition to helping provide other logistics for the elections, the military will secure vital facilities such as prisons, airports, hydroelectric plants and other critical infrastructure.

According to officials, more than 300,000 security personnel will be deployed during the elections. Of the personnel mobilized, 75,000 will come from the Nepal Army, 71,593 from the Nepal Police, 32,000 from the Armed Police and 1,500 from the National Investigation Department. No less than 115,000 temporary police officers, who are being trained in the 77 districts, will also be on the ground during the election period.

As per the plan, Nepal Police and temporary staff will be deployed inside the voting booths. More staff will be deployed to sensitive polling stations, districts adjoining the international border, constituencies classified as “sensitive” and districts and areas that have faced considerable security challenges in the past.

Ganesh Adhikari, former head of the investigation department, said party workers were threatened by their own rivals rather than other political parties.

The Maoists led by Netra Bikram Chand split into several groups, leaving the party weaker, Adhikari said.

As the elections are a single phase, this could add to the security challenge as staff will be spread thin.

Adhikari also hinted at the likely problems that could be created by candidates trying to buy votes during the election silence period.

If parties manage their differences and minimize conflicts within and between parties, according to Interior Ministry officials, security concerns will mostly persist for a few days until election day.

Nepal will miss its development target as worries over the economy rise

0

A senior government official said on Thursday that Nepal will miss its growth targets, pointing to the difficult economic situation as it grapples with pandemic-related tourism losses, a growing trade deficit and soaring commodity prices. . This month, the Himalayan nation of 29 million imposed restrictions on imports of luxury goods to stem the flight of dwindling foreign exchange reserves, suspended its central bank governor and raised fears of a possible economic crisis. . Shakes. Nepal’s target of 7% GDP growth for the fiscal year ending mid-July has not been met and growth “could be capped at just 4%”.

“It’s an alarming trend that needs to be controlled,” he said. The trade deficit widened 34.5% year-on-year to NPR 1.16 trillion ($9.5 billion) in the first eight months of the financial year as import costs soared. Rapid inflation, fueled by rising commodity prices, is also making life more difficult for many Nepalese. Kshetry said retail inflation, which is currently at 7%, the highest in five years, could hit double digits by the end of the fiscal year.

A senior government official with direct knowledge of the case told Reuters. Officers were not authorized to speak to the media and declined to identify themselves. Soaring crude, coal and cooking oil prices following Russia’s invasion of Ukraine are slowly recovering from huge tourism losses during the pandemic It has hit Nepal’s economy, which Former central bank governor Deependra Bahadur Kshetri said his biggest concern was the country’s growing trade deficit, which could reach the level of the government’s annual budget.

Sita Magal, 35, a cleaner in Kathmandu, said: “If prices continue to rise, ordinary people like me will not be able to survive. She added that her monthly income of $90 barely covers her daughter’s school fees and her two simple meals of rice and lentils a day. Colombo’s situation is much worse, but Nepal’s economic difficulties are compared to those of Sri Lanka. The country is on the verge of bankruptcy and its economic crisis has sparked protests calling for the ousting of President Gotabaya Rajapakse.

Rising global commodity prices could squeeze Nepal’s growth by 0.2 percentage point to 3.7 percent this year and by 0.4 percentage point to 4.1 percent next year, it said on Wednesday. the World Bank in its South Asia report warned of the potential.

Summary of news:

  • Nepal will miss its development target as worries over the economy rise
  • Check out all the news and articles from the latest business news updates.

Former Nepal cricket captain Sandeep Lamichhane to surrender to authorities

0

Nepalese rising spin bowler Sandeep Lamichhane confirmed on Saturday that he will surrender to Nepalese authorities to fight sexual assault charges against him. He was accused of raping a 17-year-old girl in a hotel room in Kathmandu, police said. An arrest warrant has also been issued for him for alleged rape, police said, as reported by the AFP news agency.

On Saturday, the wrist turner posted an update to his Facebook handle and said, “With much hope and strength, I hereby confirm that I am reaching my home country of Nepal on this 6 October 2022 and that I will submit to the authority of Nepal to fight a legal battle against the false allegation.

I hereby reiterate that I am INNOCENT and have complete and unwavering faith in the justice system. I strongly believe that on the whole, reserve law enforcement authorities and honorable courts for their fair trial and judgment and just hope to get justice at the earliest.

The statement further added, “My dear supporters assure you all that I am innocent and have done you no harm. I recovered from the unpleasant situation I experienced and I prepared to go through this ordeal to prove that I am innocent and the victim of a conspiracy. I am sure that any unwarranted allegations against me will come to light over time.

The teenager filed an FIR against Sandeep with Kathmandu Police at Gaushala Police Circle. In T20 Internationals, Lamichhane took 78 wickets in 40 matches for Nepal at a save rate of 6.26. It is best known for its economical bowling in this format. He also had the chance to play in the Indian Premier League.

He is the only cricketer from Nepal to have been included in the IPL draft and also had a chance to play in this league. He made his debut in this league for Delhi Capitals in 2018. During that time, he only played for Delhi for two seasons in which he got a chance to play in 9 games.

Get Payday Loans No Guaranteed Approval No Credit Check

0


Keeping your credit history in the good credit score range can be difficult. This makes it difficult to get a loan, as it usually requires good credit. This is why no credit check loans favor people with bad credit. Lenders who offer these loans do not consider your credit score when approving loans.

With today’s saturated loan market, it can be difficult to find reliable lenders with bad credit. There are many scammers in the market who target people who are desperate for financial help.

So how do you find a reliable lender offering bad credit loans with guaranteed approval online?

This article shares with you a list of trusted platforms that will connect you with reliable lenders. Each broker works with a list of lenders, which saves you from contacting many lenders directly and filling out too much paperwork.

1. – A quick and easy way to get personal loans for bad credit

2. – Get short-term loans online quickly and without a credit check

3: – A convenient way to get personal loans with or without collateral

4: – Get fast same day funding with no credit checks required

5. EasyPaydayLoans – An easy way to qualify for payday loans with bad credit

6. – Guaranteed approval for bad credit loans up to $5,000

seven. – Connect with trustworthy lenders and get your payday loans

8. Payday Loans UK – Short term loans for people with less than perfect credit in the UK

9. Loans for bad credit in UK – Get UK payday loans without credit check

ten. Get a payday loan – Borrow up to £5,000 in short-term loans and get approved in minutes

CocoLoan

KSHB

allows you to apply for a wide variety of bad credit loans, including title loans, payday loans, personal loans, and other types of loans. So whether or not you have collateral, there is a loan that’s right for you.

The loan amounts you can qualify for range from $50 to $5,000 for payday loans and up to $35,000 for installment loans.

You will be subject to different interest rates and repayment terms depending on the loan you apply for, your lender’s offer and your credit score. Additionally, some lenders will charge prepayment fees and late fees. Some will have loan renewal terms if at the end of your repayment period you need another loan. This may include loan renewal fees.

For these reasons, it is always advisable to carefully review your lender’s offer to ensure that you are in full agreement with their terms. Once a lender has approved you for a loan and you’ve signed their agreement, you can get your loans right away. same day.

Advantages

  • The application process is quick and easy
  • It is good for bad credit
  • It’s easy to qualify for a loan that meets your needs

The inconvenients

  • You may incur additional charges depending on the lender

Problematic loans in the United States

USBadCreditLoans.png

KSHB

connects you with a network of reputable bad credit lenders. A bad credit score can be defined as anything below 580 using the FICO scale.

The application process is simple and you can complete it online on their safe and secure platform. All you have to do is provide accurate information about your financial situation.

You can apply from any device. Its lenders process your information in no time, letting you know what you are entitled to. You can then browse through their offerings and make your choice. Once you’ve been approved, lenders deposit your funds into your bank account the next business day.

It is important to note that loans for bad credit have slightly higher interest rates compared to other loans. APRs can vary from 6% to 36%.

Therefore, once you have borrowed a loan, you can make your repayments on time to improve your credit score and get better terms in the future. This is especially true if your creditor reports your payments to a credit bureau.

Advantages

  • Its website uses bank-grade technology to keep your information secure.
  • Its lenders offer competitive interest rates
  • There are contact information provided on the official website

The inconvenients

  • You may not qualify for a loan if you do not have a reliable source of income

WeLoans

WeLoands.png

KSHB

If you are struggling to get a loan fast due to average to bad credit, is the right platform for you. Here you can apply for a short term loan, an installment loan or a payday loan from reliable lenders.

WeLoans works with several lenders across the United States, which increases your chances of getting approved. It is also easy to qualify for a loan application from lenders. You will only need to be 18 years old, have a checking account and have proof of stable income.

This platform is safe and secure, and any information you provide about your financial situation will be confidential. It manages lenders to make sure you don’t get scammed into paying ridiculous interest rates.

Once your loan is approved, you can receive your money as quickly as the same day or the next business day.

Advantages

  • You can choose a loan offer that suits you from different lender agreements
  • You can get your loan approved the same day
  • You can get installment loans of up to $35,000

The inconvenients

  • Interest rates may be higher for loans with short repayment periods

Frequently Asked Questions

1. Is there a way to get a loan without credit?

It is possible to obtain a loan without credit. However, the lender will ask you to provide collateral to secure your loan. They may also look at your work history to determine if you have a steady income. Also, your loan may have higher than usual interest rates due to potential risks.

2. How can I get fast money without a credit check?

You can get fast cash without credit check from lenders with bad credit. These lenders do not consider your credit score as part of their qualification requirements. However, they assess your income to know your ability to make your repayments on time. You can access these lenders through the platforms discussed.

Conclusion

Looking for an easy way to get loans without a credit check? Apply for bad credit loans with guaranteed approval today. The above platforms connect you with many trustworthy lenders who offer different loans. Depending on your needs, you can get cash to settle your emergency problems even with bad credit.

Viewers will have to pay extra to watch the FIFA World Cup

0

The latest update on the World Cup is that Nepalese football fans will have to shell out extra money to watch the games on TV.

Like the rest of humanity, Nepalese will be watching, talking and thinking about football for an entire month as the FIFA World Cup kicks off in Qatar on November 20. But in this edition of the quadrennial tournament, Nepalese fans will not be able to watch on television for a small fee like in the past.

The FIFA World Cup is one of the few sporting events broadcast live around the world.

FIFA President Gianni Infantino said in a recent statement that the 2022 World Cup in Qatar is set to be the most-watched in the tournament’s history, with the president of world football’s governing body predicting five billion viewers .

The last World Cup was watched by 4 billion people, Infantino said, speaking at the annual meeting of the World Economic Forum in May.

Media Hub, which won exclusive broadcast rights in Nepal, said the advertisements usually cover the cost of the broadcast. But this year, viewers might have to pay extra.

Consumer rights campaigners say the extra charge is an “unfair commercial practice”.

The cost can be 500 rupees per TV on top of the regular subscription fee consumers pay to their cable provider, insiders say.

“We have secured the broadcast rights for FIFA through Viacom18 Media Private Limited, an Indian media and entertainment company,” Som Dhital, Executive Director of Media Hub, announced in Kathmandu recently.

The company has bid for the broadcast rights for around Rs 250 million for the month-long event. And another 150 million rupees will be needed for promotional activities and technical support.

“It’s a total investment of Rs 400 million, and it could reach around Rs 500 per set-top box,” said Siddhartha Dhital, Marketing Director of Media Hub.

“A paid channel will be created separately and viewers will have to pay to unlock it. We think the amount is affordable.

The Post could not independently verify whether internet service providers would also charge separately to stream live video of football matches.

“One of the reasons why we have to charge customers is the slowdown in the advertising market,” Dhital said.

Industry insiders say Media Hub initially thought the ad revenue would be enough to cover the costs, but the broadcast rights were so expensive that all the math went wrong.

“The option was to charge customers,” they said.

According to reports, the 2022 World Cup in Qatar is the most expensive World Cup in history.

The costs associated with Qatar’s new stadiums are between $6.5 billion and $10 billion, a significant increase from the $4 billion offered in the initial bid.

Although it is the first practice of its kind in Nepal, charging an extra amount during major sporting events is an established norm in many countries, according to broadcasters.

“Obviously viewers are charged extra to watch major sporting events around the world,” said Sudhir Parajuli, chairman of the Federation of Cable Television Associations of Nepal. “The practice of pay channels also exists in India.”

But the rate has not yet been decided, according to Parajuli. “It can cost Rs 300 or Rs 500 or even Rs 800 per decoder,” he said.

Sudeep Acharya, chief executive of Dish Media Network, which operates direct-to-home satellite service Dish Home, assisted Parajuli.

“If a Nepalese company had not bought the media rights, it was doubtful whether the matches would be broadcast in Nepal,” Acharya said.

“Previously, Sony was selling the package,” Acharya said. “But none of the Indian broadcasters, who hold the media rights to broadcast the World Cup matches this time, had any channels with distribution rights in Nepal. The company that got the media rights for the Indian subcontinent did not get the broadcast rights in Nepal,” Acharya said.

According to him, Dish Home has not yet signed a contract to broadcast the games.

“It has not been decided how much the additional viewers will have to pay. On a positive note, this step could boost the marketing of Nepalese content in the coming days,” Acharya added.

Football fans say viewers should take priority over corporate profits.

“It is a mistake to charge viewers extra to watch the World Cup, which Nepalis have been doing for decades,” said Gopal Tiwari, a football enthusiast from Kathmandu.

“It could be beneficial for the broadcasters, but public concern should have been a priority. As long as the games can be watched, I don’t think it matters much whether they are viewed on national or international channels. .”

Siddhartha Dhital, Marketing Director of Media Hub, agrees with Tiwari’s sentiments. But he argues that the move will help promote Nepalese channels.

“We faced various advertising issues during the last edition of the World Cup in 2018 when we had non-exclusive broadcast rights,” Dhital said. “We also felt that Nepalese channels were being ignored due to the availability of foreign channels.”

Moreover, Dhital believes that this decision will attract the attention of foreign advertisers to invest in Nepalese channels.

Som Dhital, who is also the chairman of the Nepal Advertising Association, said they had two options when making the deal: buy the more expensive exclusive rights or the cheaper non-exclusive rights.

“But, we took a bold step to acquire exclusive rights due to the bitter experiences we had with Sony and some Multiple System Operators (MSOs) and cable operators in Nepal,” he said.

The slowdown in the advertising market after the Covid-19 pandemic has forced broadcasters to charge viewers money, insiders say.

Football enthusiast Ramesh Pandey, who works at Nepal Life Capital, said it would have been ideal for viewers if the national channel had bought the broadcasting rights and broadcast the matches for free across the country.

“However, a private company acquired the rights and it’s a business,” he said.

Consumer rights campaigners say the additional payment will only increase the burden on consumers who are in economic shock due to the Covid-19 pandemic, a sharp rise in fuel prices and the increase of the cost of living.

“It’s a cartel,” said Madhav Timalsina, president of the Consumer Rights Investigation Forum.

“From a consumer’s point of view, it is an unfair commercial practice to force viewers to pay an additional amount when they have already paid a subscription to their cable operator. Relevant authorities should monitor these practices to protect consumers.”

It is not sure if ISPs charge separately to broadcast live videos from the event.

“We are also in talks with Nepal Telecom and Ncell Axiata to provide state-of-the-art multimedia service for streaming matches on their apps,” said Dhital, Marketing Director of Media Hub.

“Discussions with Media Hub are at the preliminary stage,” said Ranjeet Lohia, Nepal Telecom’s deputy spokesperson. “The modality of dissemination has not yet been decided.”

For the first time in history, a country in the Middle East is hosting the FIFA World Cup. The tournament in Qatar will continue until December 18. A total of 64 matches will be played during the championship.

Torrent Pharma to acquire Curatio Healthcare for Rs 2,000 cr; shares down 6%

0


Shares of Torrent Pharmaceuticals fell 6% to Rs 1,449 on BSE in Wednesday’s intraday trading after the pharmaceutical company signed a definitive agreement on Tuesday to acquire cosmetic dermatology player Curatio Healthcare for Rs 2,000 crore. The consideration includes Rs 115 crore of cash and cash equivalents in the acquired business, indicating an enterprise value of Rs 1,885 crore.

Curatio is present in India, Nepal, Sri Lanka and the Philippines. The agreement propels Torrent from 21st place in the national dermatology market to tenth place.

Curatio’s portfolio consists of leading brands such as Tedibar, Atogla, Spoo, B4 Nappi and Permite, which are ranked among the top 5 brands in their covered market. Curatio’s ten main brands represent approximately 75% of total sales. Financially, Curatio’s revenue grew at a CAGR of 13% in FY20-22 and is expected to increase by 23% in FY23 to reach Rs 275 crore.

Torrent Pharma, on the other hand, is a specialty company with over 74% of its revenue in India coming from chronic and subchronic therapies. The transaction is subject to conditions precedent and is expected to close within a month, the company said.

“Despite the strong valuation of this deal, it provides Torrent with an enhanced dermatology presence with a differentiated portfolio in more specialized cosmetic dermatology, matching Torrent’s current DNA,” ICICI Securities said in a note.

EBITDA margins of approximately 27% in FY22 for Curatio are slightly lower than Torrent’s domestic margin, but are expected to increase slightly due to better operating leverage post this acquisition. “We are positive on Torrent’s ability to accelerate the integration and rotation of acquired assets in the domestic space, and expect the near-term margin dilution in H2FY23, due to this deal, to be largely offset by the lessening inflationary environment and shifting revenue mix toward branded generics,” the brokerage said.

“While the acquisition will help expand the company’s portfolio and broaden its reach into dermatologists/paediatricians, the deal’s valuation is expensive at 6.8x EV/FY23 sales, 22.4x EV/FY23 EBITDA basis,” said those at Motilal Oswal Financial Services.

Since Torrent Pharma has had minimal exposure to the dermatology segment (2% of domestic formulation sales; DF), the acquisition would not only increase its offerings, but also broaden its reach by connecting with dermatologists and pediatricians , the brokerage firm said.

As of 9:25 a.m., Torrent’s stock was trading down 4% to Rs 1,479, against a 0.95% decline in the S&P BSE Sensex.

Data Security Rules Needed for Nepalese Digital ID, World Bank Funding to Nigeria

0

A similar lack of data protection rules in Nepal and Nigeria could limit citizens’ trust in national digital ID systems and, in the latter case, even block funding from international development partners.

The World Bank and other institutions supporting Nigeria’s ID4D project have made the adoption of data protection laws a condition for releasing previously committed funds. A Data Protection Bill is currently making its way through the Nigerian legislative system.

Cybersecurity experts have called on the Nepalese government to put in place a specific regulatory framework for personal data protection and make it an integral part of the national digital ID system currently being implemented in the landlocked South Asian country. .

Experts, according to The Kathmandu Post, have also suggested the need for a routine IT security audit of the data management system and for the government to increase its spending on data protection measures to gain more trust from citizens. in the identification system which was rolled out in 2018.

Authorities from Nepal’s Department of National Identification and Civil Registration say they have already collected the biometric data of nine million citizens for the digital ID project, out of a population of around 30 million, and collected data is in good hands.

However, concerns persist, especially as the country is said to have a history of data security issues, many government websites have reportedly been hacked in recent years, putting sensitive personal and official data at potential risk.

Rajib Subba, former Deputy Inspector General of Nepal Police and information and security expert, says that despite the large amounts of data collected, no corresponding effort is made to ensure data security.

While emphasizing the importance of data collection, Subba alludes to the case of India where the Aadhaar biometric identification system has been accused of numerous data breaches putting the personal data of millions of people at risk.

Bijay Limbu, another cybersecurity expert, told The Post that there were no “proper guidelines” from the Nepalese government to handle the data, and that he did not appear to have learned any lessons from the situation. ‘Aadhaar in neighboring India.

“If we are not judicious, Nepal could face bigger problems than India is currently facing. India is in trouble because its government did not anticipate all the problems that might arise during the distribution of Aadhaar cards,” says Limbu.

Other experts have also criticized the government for not running campaigns to raise awareness about the importance of data security and how citizens can help protect their data.

“The government should run campaigns to educate people about security vulnerabilities and ways to protect their private data,” says Prabin Subedi, an IT law expert quoted by The Kathmandu Post.

The national digital ID card became mandatory in Nepal in 2020 following the introduction of biometric passports, but there are a number of challenges that hamper the ID card issuance process, including difficulties in obtain citizenship papers. Four million people would be without a citizenship card.

Nigeria Fund Conditional

The conditions for the release of funds to the Nigerian government set by the World Bank, the French Development Agency and the European Investment Bank were revealed by Solomon Odole, coordinator of the Nigeria Digital Identification for Development project, and reported by Punch.

The World Bank and development partners have committed $433 million (1.5 trillion naira) to support Nigeria’s national identity number project in 2019. Punch reports the World Bank’s contribution is $115 million million, while the French development agency is investing $100 million and the European Investment Bank has committed $215 million.

“The data protection law or enactment is a condition of project disbursement,” says Odole. “It just means we can’t do certain things, like explore the identity field, until the data protection law is enacted.”

The government plans to send the Data Protection Bill to the National Assembly as an executive bill in October, which could put it on track to be passed by December this year.

The Minister of Communications and Digital Economy, Professor Isa Pantami, pointed out that the Data Protection Act is necessary due to the large amount of data collected by the National Identity Management Commission, which includes biometrics.

Article topics

Africa | biometric identifiers | biometrics | data protection | financing | identification for development (ID4D) | legislation | Nepal | Nigeria | world Bank

Nepal and Bhutan thank India at UNGA for providing Covid-19 vaccines under ‘Vaccine Maitri’ initiative

0

New Delhi: Bhutan and Nepal on Monday expressed gratitude and appreciation to India at the United Nations General Assembly for its “heartwarming goodwill” and “valuable support” in providing Covid-19 vaccines as part of of the “Vaccine Maitri initiative” which enabled neighboring countries to vaccinate their populations amid the raging pandemic, the PTI news agency reported.

In his address to the 77th high-level session of the United Nations General Assembly on Monday, Bhutan’s Foreign Minister Lyonpo Tandi Dorji said that, like many other parts of the world, Bhutan has no been spared from the impacts of COVID-19 nor the disruptions it has brought.

“Our campaign to vaccinate our population has been recognized as an unlikely success, and today over 90% of our entire population is fully vaccinated. This, in large part, has been possible due to the goodwill heartwarming message from friends and partners, including India, whose Vaccine Maitri initiative has enabled the first full cycle of vaccinations for our adult population,” Dorji said in his address from the UNGA podium on the final day. of the general debate.

Bhutan also thanked the United States, Denmark, Bulgaria, Croatia and China, “whose vaccine generosity came at the most critical time.” “We also thank all other bilateral partners and multilateral agencies who supported logistics and provided financial support, medicines and materials for our response to the pandemic. Our success would not have been possible without all of your support,” said said the Bhutanese foreign minister.

Nepalese Foreign Minister Bharat Raj Paudyal also expressed his gratitude while addressing the UNGA for the vaccines provided to his country by India.

ALSO READ: Prime Minister Modi arrives in Japan ahead of Shinzo Abe’s state funeral, to hold bilateral talks with Prime Minister Kishida

“In Nepal, we were able to fully vaccinate 96% of the target population, with almost everyone having received at least one dose. We thank our immediate neighbors – India and China, our development partners and the United Nations system for their valuable collaboration. support,” he said.

Under the Indian government’s “Vaccine Maitri” initiative, more than 250 million doses of COVID-19 vaccine have been provided to more than 100 countries, including nearly 95 lakh doses to Nepal and 5.5 lakh doses to Bhutan.

SAFF victory: deciphering the message

0






The resonances of the unprecedented welcome accorded to the victorious Bangladeshi members of the SAFF under-18 football team still fill the air of Dhaka. Calling them “tigresses”, a moniker reserved for young women in the country who heroically perform in sporting events, the people of Dhaka did not fail to welcome the players with unfailing love and warmth. The city has seen such a spectacle on rare occasions. After securing the astonishing victory in Nepal, the Women’s Under-18 team added another feather to the top of the national arena of female football warriors. The historic event moved Dhaka on September 21. But only one day had passed. The original attitude of part of the population towards female football players has become clear. An annoying situation around a pitch in a village in Sirajganj, the pitch being a gift from the Prime Minister to member of the winning football team Ankhi Khatoon, was about to spoil the party. The incident sucked in Ankhi’s old and confused father. This interprets the real position of women in the country.

Apparently, a similar occurrence of dictating hairstyles for teenage girls at a school in Chattogram on September 23 surprised many. The girls were coached by a school teacher who prepared them to participate in a ‘kabadi’ mach. The match was an event of a national level sports competition. The harrowing part of the incident involved the school principal, a woman, who objected to the braiding of the game participants’ hair. As the students posed for a group photo with their hair braided, the principal reportedly rushed at them. She beat the bewildered girls, blaming them for braiding their hair. The coach-teacher who stood nearby explained that the “kabadi” forces the players to stay braided. Because long loose or fanned hair blocks the player’s view.

This is how the country’s future players are prepared to participate in major competitions. The sports promoters in the cities apparently have no idea of ​​the extent of the humiliations and adversities that the athletic teenage girls in the villages are forced to go through. Teenage girls riding bikes, playing cricket, football, hockey, and men’s games can pursue their passions in cities without psychological barriers. In the villages, girls of the same age who dream of making sport their profession have to face many hardships. Although they have serious patrons in their school and college teachers, they are unable to progress much. Only uninhibited young men’s groups and women’s rights platforms help adolescent girls achieve their goals. But when the obstructions come from their own families, the situation becomes unfavorable and bitter. The same reality is found when it comes to girls ready to choose careers in music and theater. In these cases, the stubborn and committed girls have only one option in front of them: migration to the big cities by any means. The geniuses of SAFF U-18 football could have ended up falling victim to a social diktat. They were lucky to find a passage to Dhaka.

It’s really depressing to see young women, especially teenage girls, in Bangladesh think twice before joining a traditionally male dominated fun or frolic. Despite being victims of widespread social discrimination around the world, women and girls in general in developed countries enjoy a semblance of freedom. Externally, and in almost all socio-cultural circles, they can proudly call themselves liberated. Veiled and chaperoned women in Victorian England had followed the age of the fiery girls of the French or American revolutions in the 18th and 19th centuries. Many call it a mysterious social aberration. In reality, women in the Victorian age had no heads. But eventually they learned to speak up and voice their legitimate demands to be treated with the same dignity as their male counterparts. At the same time, many indigenous women leaders around the world have given up their higher social positions to avoid gender conflict. These attitudes on the part of “tribal women” of the time, nurtured to maintain social harmony, were convoluted by machismo.

This particular curse crept into society following the metamorphosis of men into enlightened social leaders, a new class, which began to dictate the social hierarchy. As feared, these self-proclaimed male leaders seized the opportunity to enjoy all kinds of superiority. On the contrary, vestiges of the sacrosanct norms in vogue in medieval and pre-medieval communities continued to influence mainstream life in Europe. Few rulers, however, could wield the power to belittle the social position of women. It had been seen since the dawn of the Nile civilization. Western and Eastern Asia remained unchanged in accordance with their centuries-old social positions equally divided between men and women.

The South Asian region is still an exception. With the sprawling region exhibiting various social beliefs and customs, it bears witness to the ever-changing positions of men and women and their relationships. However, the entry of the forces of modernism into society continued to act as a powerful catalyst. Unfortunately, countries increasingly stuck to their respective cultural norms and helped local mores to consolidate, as well as outside influences to strengthen by adopting them in their native ways. This all happened after the British settlers left the subcontinent. Many social observers say Britain’s rulers were tired of repeated clashes between dominant religious communities. After the departure of the British from the region, a new male chauvinistic social system in the two newly independent countries, India and Pakistan, began to take hold. The third-stage independent country, Bangladesh, has adopted the principle of ensuring gender equity. But sections of society were insidiously leaning towards a kind of misogyny. This is what reality shows.

Many hold the dark forces lurking in different pockets of society and community-level decision-making quarters responsible for stopping change in the country. Most of these forces are, in effect, against change, accelerating the marginalization of women.


[email protected]

Good Housekeeping | Nepali time

0

Here in Oman, most colleagues in my position or above are Europeans or locals. At first, I felt lucky to be meeting with them, but I was also very aware of my language limitations. It is by overcoming such challenges that I have been able to grow and advance in my career.

I am aware that my work and my experience are different from other Nepalese migrant workers in the region. About 60% of my hotel employees are locals who work in different departments. That’s not what I hear from my colleagues elsewhere in the Gulf, where there are very few working residents, and most are expats.

This trend should increase with the policy of the government of Oman which favors local hiring. Many expatriate jobs in West Asia are at risk due to localization priorities of governments, and Oman in particular.

This uncertainty is one of the reasons why I sent my family back to Nepal, so that the children’s education would not be affected in case something happened. It was nice to have my family around, though. My son was born in Oman.

It is good to see the Nepalese increasingly taking on supervisory roles in the Gulf. There is more skilled migration in the medical field, engineering and management in the retail sector. However, it is very difficult for companies wishing to hire Nepalese directly to do so due to the restrictive and bureaucratic policies of the Nepalese government.

Employers like mine are therefore hesitant to hire directly for non-mass hiring positions like Nepalese chefs because it is not worth the pain and headache when the same position can be filled very easily by Indians and Filipinos . The Nepalese authorities must seriously reconsider this.

Plan to recruit Nepalese nurses for NHS puts them at ‘risk of exploitation’ | Health policy

0

Plans to recruit Nepalese nurses to help fill shortages in the NHS will put workers at ‘unacceptable risk’ of exploitation and should be halted until safeguards are in place, labor experts have warned .

The UK has been accused of going on a hiring spree despite concerns over abusive practices by Nepalese recruitment agencies, which are notorious for charging illegal fees that leave workers in debt.

The government-to-government deal, signed last month despite Nepal’s status on the World Health Organization’s recruitment ‘red list’, will start with an initial pilot involving around 100 recruits, but could see thousands nurses and other healthcare workers relocate to the UK from Nepal over the next few years.

The Department of Health has hailed the scheme as an “ethical” initiative that will enable “managed” recruitment to fill shortages in the UK. A memorandum of understanding stipulates that workers should not pay fees and that recruitment will be overseen by an “implementation unit” run by the Nepalese government. But critics accuse ministers of turning a blind eye to abusive recruitment practices in Nepal. They say safeguards are needed to protect workers from exploitation.

In May, a study by the Nepali research institute Social Science Baha found that about 40% of Nepalese interested in overseas employment seek help from illegal agents. In the same month, the Bureau of Investigative Journalism revealed that fruit pickers in Nepal were routinely charged up to £5,000 in illegal fees for jobs working on UK farms under the government’s seasonal worker scheme. Many take informal loans that they find difficult to repay.

The testimonies collected by the Observer suggests that agencies operating in Kathmandu have started offering job search services to applicants seeking NHS positions – despite the promise that no workers will be charged.

Facebook ads targeting Nepalese workers, which were live on the platform last week, offered counseling services, including job application support and access to a ‘sponsor database’ for job seekers. of a job in the UK. A second advert offered ‘online coaching’ for nurses and claimed to offer ‘the best route to the UK’.

Other adverts suggest recruitment agencies have been targeting nurses in Nepal for months, despite its redlist status, which requires active recruitment not to take place due to the potential effect on the healthcare system. fragile of the country. Nepal has 21 nurses per 10,000 people, compared to 84 per 10,000 in the UK.

Andy Hall, an independent migrant rights specialist based in Nepal, said “systemic corruption” meant that “in reality in Nepal, illegal agents are involved at every stage of migration”. Many of these billing charges have ties to UK-based companies, he said. Hall and other critics, including the UK Nepal Friendship Society, are calling for third-party monitoring and the involvement of human rights experts to ensure recruitment does not lead to worker exploitation. “For the Ministry of Health, just saying ‘everything is fine’ is not acceptable,” he said.

In a rare intervention over the weekend, the World Health Organization voiced its support for practical safeguards, saying it was an “excellent suggestion”.

Jim Campbell, Director of Health Personnel at WHO, said: “We strongly encourage the UK and Nepal to consider some of these comments and take all mitigating measures to ensure there is protections for workers’ rights, protections against fees and protection against poor working conditions.

He said third-party monitoring or input from human rights organizations would “help the government understand the lived experiences of workers to ensure good practice is being followed.” “It would be a safeguard for the workers in this case,” he said. “You need to make sure that this behavior is not allowed to start and if it is, it is identified immediately and eliminated from the bilateral agreement.”

Siobhán Mullally, UN special rapporteur on human trafficking, said imposing recruitment fees could place “a significant burden on workers, leading to conditions akin to debt bondage”. “It’s a concern in many sectors and it needs to be looked at in the health sector,” she said. “The problem is often that we have words on paper but safeguards are not implemented in practice.”

The Ministry of Health said it would be inappropriate for the bilateral discussions to be overseen by a third party and that it would engage the appropriate stakeholders when implementing the pilot program. No British recruitment agencies would be involved in the initial phase, he said, adding that the process on the Nepalese side was “a problem for the Nepalese government”.

Nurses often take out loans to pay agents they struggle to repay. Photography: MartinPrescott/Getty Images

The deal is part of an international recruitment drive to address a shortage of 50,000 nurses and midwives in the UK. This is the first recruitment agreement signed with a country on the WHO red list.

Pat Cullen, chief executive of the Royal College of Nursing, said it was an example of the UK’s ‘overreliance’ on overseas workers and called on the government to ‘do more to invest in the national workforce”, in particular by “fairly remunerating nursing staff”. to boost recruitment and retention.

She added that the “government’s determination” to hire from Nepal despite its status on the red list was “very worrying”. “Recruitment must be managed in a sustainable way and measures taken for the benefit of both countries. The fact that we take nurses from countries with poor health infrastructure and chronic shortages is unforgivable. »

5 Big Stocks That Hit a 52-Week High in a Weak Market, Gained Up to 30% in 30 Days

0

1.ITC Ltd

The stock hit a new high on Friday. The current market price of the share is Rs 346 each with a 52-week high of Rs 349 each and a 52-week low of Rs 207 each, respectively.

The stock hit a new 52-week high on September 23 at Rs 349 apiece. The company has a market capitalization of Rs 4,29,198.61 crore. The stock has returned 29% over the past 5 years and 36% over the past 3 years. The stock has returned 10% in 30 days.

ITC has grown into one of India’s leading private sector companies and a diversified conglomerate with businesses spanning fast moving consumer goods, hotels, cartons and packaging, agribusiness and information technology .

2.Page Industries Ltd

2.Page Industries Ltd

The stock climbed to its new 52-week high on Friday at Rs 53,544 apiece. The current market price of the stock is 53,073 each with its 52-week high at Rs 53,544 each and its 52-week low at Rs 31,615 each, respectively.

The company has a market capitalization of Rs 59,197.40 crore. The company gave multibagger returns to investors with a 5-year return of 178% and a 3-year return of 122%. The stock has returned 6% in 30 days.

The company is located in Bangalore and is the exclusive licensee of JOCKEY International Inc. (USA) for the manufacture, distribution and marketing of the JOCKEY brand in India, excluding other countries like Sri Lanka, Bangladesh , Nepal and the United Arab Emirates.

3.Maruti Suzuki India Ltd

3.Maruti Suzuki India Ltd

As the markets are falling, the stock hit its new 52-week high in Friday trading at Rs 9,450 apiece. The current market price of the share is Rs 9343 each with a decline of 0.64% intraday.

The large-cap company has a market capitalization of Rs 2,82,260.59 crore. The stock has returned 15% over the past 5 years and 35% over the past 3 years. The stock has returned 7% in 30 days.

Maruti Suzuki India Ltd (formerly known as Maruti Udyog Ltd) is the largest passenger car company in India, accounting for over 50% of the domestic automobile market.

4. Tube Investments of India Ltd

4. Tube Investments of India Ltd

The stock hit its new 52-week high amid falling markets. The current market price of the share is Rs 2770 each with a 52-week high at Rs 2851 each and a 52-week low at Rs 1281 each, respectively.

The company has a market capitalization of Rs 53,479.62 crore. The stock has generated multibagger returns with 657% in 5 years and 85% in the last 3 years. The stock has returned 32% in 30 days.

It is engaged in the manufacture of precision steel tubes and strips, automobiles, industrial chains, car door frames, bicycles, and others. The mid-cap company was incorporated in 2008.

5.Aditya Birla Fashion And Retail Ltd

5.Aditya Birla Fashion And Retail Ltd

The stock hit a new 52-week high on Friday at 347 apiece. The current market price of the share is Rs 335 each with a high of 52 weeks at Rs 347 and a low of 52 weeks at Rs 213 each.

The company has a market capitalization of Rs 31,478.51 crore. The stock has returned 104% in 5 years and 56% over the past 3 years. It jumped 15% in just 30 days.

Aditya Birla Fashion and Retail Ltd. (ABFRL) emerged after the consolidation of Aditya Birla Group’s branded clothing business comprising ABNL’s Madura Fashion division and ABNL’s subsidiaries Pantaloons Fashion and Retail (PFRL) and Madura Fashion & Lifestyle (MFL) in May 2015 .

After the consolidation, PFRL was renamed Aditya Birla Fashion and Retail Ltd, according to its website.

McCaskey graduate, Nepali refugee Sujan Upreti starts school at Temple, juggles family responsibilities | Local News

0

With a kiss and a wave, Sujan Upreti said goodbye to her little sister, Prisha Upreti, before embarking on her first year as an audio-visual communication student at Temple University.

As he opened the door to a car full of his belongings, Sujan said Prisha burst into tears. Before leaving his Lancaster home in mid-August with his father and uncle, he promised her he would return.

That didn’t stop her from calling multiple times on her travels to Philadelphia and every day once he moved in.

“I felt a bit emotional,” Sujan said, adding that he didn’t know if he felt sad or guilty about leaving his sister and his family responsibilities at home. “My parents worked hard to come to the United States and get this education, so I can’t just be with my family all the time and help them.”

The tension Sujan, a refugee student from Nepal, feels between his family and his academic and career aspirations is not uncommon for first-generation refugee and immigrant students. First-generation students are defined as four-year college or university students whose parents have not completed some form of higher education.

From translating to making sure her sister completes her homework, Sujan often plays a vital role in her family’s success in the United States.






McCaskey’s recent graduate, Sujan Upreti, left, says goodbye to her father Khem Upreti, after moving into his dorm at Temple University in Philadelphia on Tuesday, August 16, 2022.




Sujan, born in Nepal, moved to the United States with his family in 2009. His family, originally from Bhutan, settled in the city of Lancaster and sent their children to the Lancaster School District. Sujan’s parents were forced to leave Bhutan before she was born because they practiced Hinduism and the family left Nepal due to lack of opportunities for non-citizens.

“People never thought this could happen,” Sujan said. “There are still people in the refugee camps in Nepal who dream of coming to the United States, living here and going to school…I am privileged and grateful to go to one of the best universities in Pennsylvania.”

Sujan’s family is among 5,000 refugees who settled in Lancaster County between 2002 and 2019, 301 of whom moved in 2019 alone, according to USA Today data. As a result, the Lancaster School District has hundreds of refugee students from several countries, including the Democratic Republic of Congo, Ukraine and India.

NL | LancasterOnline highlights in a series of reports the challenges Sujan faces, works and overcomes as an example of what many students in the Lancaster School District experience after graduating from McCaskey.

Despite a sense of responsibility to her family, Sujan chose Temple over Millersville University for its diversity and well-known communications program.

So far, Sujan said, Temple has lived up to the reputation that has attracted him, despite all the challenges.

“There is so much diversity here”

On the first day, the vast campus seemed intimidating and Sujan got lost once. But, he quickly warmed to the friendly nature of his community. Less than a week after taking the classes, Sujan described a group of friends from around the world, including Tokyo, India and Egypt.

He even befriended a Manheim Central graduate who immigrated to the United States from Nepal.

“I thought at first, it’s such a big campus that I’m going to get lost in the crowd,” Sujan said. “But everyone is so friendly…I made friends who came over from Tokyo, and that’s what I wanted – that’s what I love about Temple. There’s so much diversity here .

Sujan and her friends have already worked hard on their assignments and daily tasks as students. They meet at the library each evening, often studying from 6 p.m. to 10:30 p.m. He hopes that lots of time at the library will help him keep up with his busy schedule.

In addition to the six classes he attends in his first semester, Sujan has enrolled in four clubs, including Temple Updates, Temple Talk, and a community service group. Temple Updates and Temple Talk air shows he applied to and tried out in his first few weeks.







Sujan Upreti moves into Temple

McCaskey’s recent graduate, Sujan Upreti, center, receives help from her father Khem Upreti, left, as he moves into his dorm at Temple University in Philadelphia on Tuesday, Aug. 16, 2022. His roommate Will Davis , from Buck, puts his stuff in context.




“There are all kinds of options here,” Sujan said.

Due to her course load and responsibilities at the club, Sujan decided to return to her family every other weekend rather than every weekend as originally planned.

“With six classes, I can’t go home every weekend,” Sujan said. “I really want to help. I can’t do that because I think if I go there every weekend it will affect my education. Six classes is a lot for a freshman.

The average semester load for full-time students at Temple is 15 to 17 credits, according to the university’s website. Students must take at least 12 credits to be considered full-time, but must pay additional tuition to defer 18 credits. Classes are typically three to four credit hours. Its six courses total 17 credits.

A balancing act

Alejandra Zavala, a guidance counselor at McCaskey High School, said it’s been common in refugee and immigrant families for students, especially older students, to take on responsibilities such as translation during workshops for parents, visits to the doctor and helping younger siblings with homework.

Zavala, who also immigrated to the United States at a young age, said she felt the same responsibility to take care of her family.

“Since you’re the one in school, you’re the one learning the language and you’re fluent in it better than your parents,” Zavala said. “They take on a lot of things like adult responsibilities as a younger kid. We see it here with our students.

Before leaving for Temple, Sujan signed up Prisha for extracurricular activities and cheerleading. Prisha recently started first grade at Wharton Elementary School.

When Sujan first decided to go to the temple, he said he was nervous about telling his parents. The decision to go to school an hour and a half away rather than to nearby Millersville University, like her older siblings, made her feel like she was abandoning her responsibilities to her family.

Zavala said many McCaskey students who are also immigrants look to schools close to home so they can support their families or even enter the workforce directly.

“They feel like they have to help their family, support their younger siblings and keep helping,” Zavala said. “We even had students in high school who worked full time, to help their families with other financial responsibilities, and they come to school to work nights.”







Sujan Upreti moves into Temple

McCaskey’s recent graduate, Sujan Upreti, right, meets her roommate Will Davis, of Buck, as he moves into his dorm at Temple University in Philadelphia on Tuesday, Aug. 16, 2022.




To make time to get home every other weekend, Sujan spends her nights at the library and plans to finish all her weekend homework before catching the Friday train. The ticket will cost him $30 round trip. He made his first trip home on Labor Day weekend.

“In our culture, sons always had to take care of your family members,” Sujan said. “It’s our responsibility, because when we were young they looked after us…so my goal is to graduate in four years to graduate in four years, get a steady job where I can get paid… and help my family as it is”. help me.

Margaret Mbindyo, assistant professor at Millersville University and coordinator of the counseling center, said many refugee, immigrant and low-income students feel the need to work to send money home.

“By the time they reach their final year, most of these students are working and often the money they earn is not theirs,” Mbindyo said.

Mbindyo said she immigrated from Kenya and struggled to focus on her family with the constant fear that her parents would not get by without her.

“The student will go to college and according to his attachment to his parents, he will feel the need to return home and help his parents,” Mbindyo said. “Instead of just being able to go to college and enjoy their college life, it’s up to them to carry their house and be responsible for it.”

Just weeks into her college career, Sujan has already expressed concerns about maintaining her grade point average and hopes her stats course won’t average so early in her time at Temple.

And like most college students in their first few weeks, she already misses home, especially her mother’s authentic Nepalese cuisine.

“I enjoy college life, but at the same time, it’s a bit overwhelming,” Sujan said. “I still feel like a high schooler right now, but every day I feel a lot better and I can’t wait to start my first semester of my freshman year.”







Sujan Upreti moves into Temple

McCaskey’s recent graduate, Sujan Upreti, left, receives instructions from RA Emma Ewing, as she moves into her dorm at Temple University in Philadelphia on Tuesday, August 16, 2022.




5 Best Payday Loans No Guaranteed Credit Check and Same Day Instant Cash Approval in 2022

0


No credit check payday loans can be a lifesaver for anyone who cannot cover the cost of something important. Whether you need to pay bills or want to go on vacation, payday loans without a credit check have you covered. Do you know if there are payday loans near me without a credit check in your area? Here’s what we found while researching the top picks!

Best Payday Loans No Credit Check – Quick Overview

  1. – Best Payday Loans Overall No Credit Check
  2. – Ideal for online payday loans with no credit history required
  3. – Ideal for loans without credit check
  4. – Ideal for fast loans Same day approval
  5. – Guaranteed approval for loans without credit check

General Eligibility Requirements for Payday Loans

If you answered yes to each of the statements below, you can apply for a payday loan online today.

  • You must be 18 years or older
  • Be a US citizen or have permanent residency
  • Have a minimum income of $800
  • Have your own bank account
  • Have a valid ID

Payday Loans No Credit Check Guaranteed Same Day Approval – Editor’s Review

1. – Best Payday Loans Overall No Credit Check

Our number one pick for the best online payday loans with no credit check broker is Viva Payday Loans. Viva Payday Loans is a well-designed and easy-to-use website where you can apply not only for small payday loans online without credit check, but also for personal loans.

Advantages:

  • Repayment period from 2 to 24 months
  • Fast approval times
  • Cash payments within the hour

The inconvenients:

  • You could be charged up to 35.99% interest (rates start at 5.99%)

2. – Ideal for online payday loans with no credit history required

Even if your credit rating is bad, Green Dollar Loans will have a payday loan for you. Your income to expense ratio is the main thing that will be considered in your application, so be honest with all of your information. As long as you earn at least $1,000 per month, you can apply for a payday loan between $100 and $5,000 with an interest rate no higher than 35.99%.

Advantages:

  • Easy to repay loan terms
  • Borrow any amount up to $5,000
  • Connects you to multiple lenders

The inconvenients:

3. – Best for loans without credit check

If anyone can help you, it’s Big Bucks Loans. No hassle, no fuss, you can apply for a no credit check payday loan up to $5,000 on Big Buck Loans. You will need an income of $1,000 or more and be at least 18 years old to apply. You will receive an interest rate of 5.99% to 35.99% and a repayment period of up to 24 months.

Advantages:

  • No application fees
  • The application only needs to be completed once
  • Quick application

The inconvenients:

  • Interest increases as you need time to pay off the loan

4. – Ideal for fast loans Same day approval

Credit Clock connects borrowers to some of the most reputable lenders in the United States. This site will connect you with lenders who can provide you with no credit check loans between $100 and $5,000. Interest rates vary from lender to lender; however, Credit Clock will not match you with a lender who charges you more than 35.99% interest.

Advantages:

  • Free to use
  • Fast payments
  • Simplified online application

The inconvenients:

  • Approval is not guaranteed.

5. – Guaranteed approval of the best loans without credit check

Money Lender Squad is a reputable loan finder website that takes all inquiries seriously. It’s one of the easiest websites to use and lets you choose between payday loans no credit check from $100 to $5,000 and how long you want to pay it back (maximum of 24 months). Plus, you can expect to receive an interest rate of up to 35.99%.

Advantages:

  • Simple and straightforward application
  • Loans up to $5,000
  • Access to many reputable lenders with one app

The inconvenients:

  • Interest rates vary by lender

What are no credit check payday loans and how do they work?

Online same day payday loans without a credit check are small loans ranging from $100 to $5,000. Generally, the application process is very simple and easy to understand. Plus, it can be done online, so there’s no need to wait in long lines or be stuck on hold trying to speak to a representative.

How did we choose the best payday loan providers with no credit check?

Here are the factors we considered:

• What interest rates you will be charged

The most important thing we consider is the amount of interest that will be added to your loan. We want you to get the best deal possible after all!

• How easy is the application process?

The application process should be simple and quick. No one wants to spend years filling out forms only to find they’ve been declined.

• How quickly you will receive your money

A quick payment term is crucial when you are in urgent need of funds. The speed with which companies pay you is therefore an essential factor for us.

• What factors do they use to consider granting you credit?

We don’t want to send you to a provider who will only consider your credit history to decide whether or not you deserve a loan. After all, we all make mistakes and we want you to have the chance to rebuild your credit.

Conclusion

If you’re looking for a regulated and well-reviewed place to acquire a payday loan, look no further than the five options we’ve listed above. Viva Payday Loans is a great all-around provider that can not only get you the financial help you need, but it can do it in an easy and affordable way.

FAQs

1. Can you get a payday loan without a credit check?

When you apply for a loan, you will be required to consent to a credit check. But that doesn’t mean the lender will only consider your credit history when deciding whether or not to give you a loan. They will consider other factors such as how much you can afford to pay, your monthly expenses, how much you have left each month after paying your bills, etc.

2. How much do payday loans cost?

There is no definite payday loan cost as the cost depends on many factors. These factors include: how much you borrow, who you borrowed from, and how long you will pay it back.

3. Is a payday loan good for my credit?

Payday Loans Near Me No Credit Check is a great way for people with bad credit to rebuild their credit rating. If you pay your installments on time and in full, you will receive positive points on your credit score. However, if you fail to make installments or pay one late, it can hurt your credit.

Disclaimer: This is paid advertising. The loan websites reviewed are loan matching services, not direct lenders. Therefore, they are not directly involved in the acceptance of your loan application. Applying for a loan with the websites does not guarantee acceptance of a loan. This article does not provide financial advice, please seek the assistance of a financial advisor if you need financial assistance. Loans available only to US residents. The owner of the loan website(s) may be paid by a third party if you apply for a loan. start here.

“NC has sold most of the country’s industries during his 21-year rule” “Khabarhub

0

“NC sold out most of the country’s industries during his 21-year reign”

UML President KP Oli addressing a program in Kathmandu on Friday.

KATHMANDU: CPN UML Chairman KP Sharma Oli has accused the Nepalese Congress (NC), which has ruled the country since the 1990s for 21 years, of selling out most of the country’s industries.

He added that the NC was scared that the UML would do development work if it became the ruling party.

Speaking to a broadcast in Kathmandu on Friday, Oli said the five-party alliance had driven the national economy.

“The ruling coalition has deflated the cogs of the economy in 14 months and is driving society into strife. Their goal is to stay in power, share the spoils, and provide for their families and loved ones. UML would save the country from this situation,” Oli said.

He alleged that the NC had done nothing for the country despite having been in government for 21 years after 1990.

“What did the NC do in running the government for 21 years? They sold 38 or 42 industries. Hetauda stationery, Harisidhi, leather shoes… everything was sold and eaten. The NC is panicking that the UML will be in power while our party will accelerate the development agenda,” Oli said.

He asserted that wherever UML takes hold, change is imminent.

Oli guaranteed that the UML government that would be formed after the elections would completely eradicate poverty from the country.

Humayun Khan (1932-2022), the man who defended India-Pakistan dosti

0

With the passing of Humayun Khan, former foreign minister of Pakistan and envoy from Islamabad to New Delhi, the Indian subcontinent has lost a wise, almost wise soul who was also a “tremendous diplomat, a thinker of high caliber and a true humanist,” as described by former Pakistani senator (and current leader of the Pashtun Tahafuz movement), Afrasaib Khattak. Khan was a Pashtun in the mold of “frontier” Gandhi, Badshah Khan, rather than Pashtunwali’s usurpers, the dreaded Taliban. He was above all a fervent follower of India-Pakistan back.

Khan understood that long-term realism in South Asia requires going beyond tactics and looking towards a common and secure future. During the last decades of his full and varied life, he devoted himself to his two passions – the cause of Indo-Pakistani peace and rural development, particularly to ensure the sustainable development of the people of his beloved Khyber Pakhtunkhwa.

For Humayun “Lalla”, the essence of the Indo-Pakistani relations issue was simple: India must have a bigger heart and Pakistan must develop a more thoughtful head. If the expansive heart of India met the sensitive mind of Pakistan, no problem would be too difficult to solve. Unfortunately, he didn’t live long enough to see that dream come true.

Even his formidable opponents within the Indian establishment spoke of his generosity, in thought and in action. The former Indian high commissioner in Pakistan, Gopalaswamy Parthasarthy, often considered an intransigent, willingly confessed to me that Khan “was a class apart”. Parthasarthy and Khan had co-authored a book, Diplomatic Divisionreminiscing about their lives in Islamabad and New Delhi, respectively.

Khan was from a distinguished Pashtun family in Peshawar and was educated early as a boarder at Bishop Cotton School in Shimla, then went on to earn a tripos from Trinity to Cambridge. Subsequently, he joined the civil service of Pakistan and served primarily in the North West Frontier (now Khyber Pakhtunkhwa), including as a political officer in Malakand and North Waziristan, and later as provincial interior secretary.

In the 1970s, Khan was first seconded and then permanently absorbed into Pakistan’s foreign service as High Commissioner to Bangladesh and then to India before being promoted and retiring as Foreign Minister . In the early 1990s, he served as Pakistan’s High Commissioner to the UK. TCA Raghavan, India’s high commissioner in Islamabad from 2013 to 2015, described Khan as a “mentor and friend”.

The highlight of Humayun Khan’s tenure was his four-year stint as high commissioner to India, from 1984 to 1988, and as foreign minister for less than a year thereafter. As High Commissioner, he arrived in New Delhi during the last months of Indira Gandhi’s tenure as Prime Minister and stayed during the initial bonhomie of the Rajiv Gandhi-Benazir Bhutto diplomatic honeymoon and chaired the twists and turns of this intriguing period in bilateral relations.

When Khan called Mrs. Gandhi, he found that, unsurprisingly, she disliked General Zia-ul Haq but reserved real animosity for Zulifiqar Ali Bhutto. It was because of the bitterness she still harbored over the betrayal in Shimla. As we know, the ZAB had agreed in Shimla to convert the Line of Control into an international border, but wanted time to “prepare its people” before signing a formal agreement. In Mrs. Gandhi’s opinion, ZAB made a complete U-turn once she returned to Pakistan from Shimla.

One of the longest lasting bilateral agreements between India and Pakistan, “the Agreement on Prohibition of Attacks on Nuclear Plants and Installations – the No Attack Agreement”) was signed by Khan and his Indian counterpart, KPS Menon, 31 December 1988. .

A notable setback during Khan’s tenure as foreign minister was the failure to reach an agreement and disengage from the Siachen Glacier. Rajiv Gandhi and Benazir Bhutto, seeking major foreign policy success (Rajiv Gandhi especially after the fiasco in Sri Lanka and Nepal) had apparently intervened personally to give “political clearance” to a Siachen demilitarization plan , but the deal fell apart after encountering strong opposition from the Indian armed forces, which were unwilling to leave the commanding heights of the Saltro ridge.

My personal relationship with Humayun “Lalla” evolved while presiding over Track 2’s only meaningful dialogue for a decade with the blessing of top leaders on both sides. He was a voice of reason, restraint, moderation and nuance and he brought with him the highest writing skills when asked.

I welcomed him as Vice Chancellor in Jammu, and I remember him talking about izzat as being at the heart of Pashtunwali. “All of us in South Asia are driven by our honor. The izzat you bestowed upon me today, Amitabh, overwhelmed me – there is very little I will not do for you! Imagine the consequences if our beloved countries could simply learn to respect each other.

The writer, at JNU and honorary professor at the University of Melbourne, founded and co-chaired the now-disbanded Chaophraya dialogue for more than a decade.

Nepal’s aggressor crocs face ‘senseless’ turf war over dwindling fish resources

0
  • Declining fish stocks in Nepal’s Koshi River threaten the Mugger Crocodile, a species already under pressure from historic poaching and habitat loss.
  • Crocodiles are increasingly encroaching on community-run fish farms in the buffer zone of Koshi Tappu Wildlife Sanctuary in search of food, a new study shows, increasing the risk of conflict with humans.
  • At the same time, they face competition from gharials, a predominantly pescatarian crocodile that is being reintroduced to the Koshi as part of a government-run conservation program.
  • “Making a vulnerable species compete with its critically endangered cousin does not make sense,” said one of the study’s authors.

KATHMANDU – They can dig burrows during extreme weather events, run on land, and eat just about anything. These and other traits make aggressor crocodiles (Crocodylus palustris) a versatile species capable of adapting to change.

“As part of the study, we conducted a pester count in the reserve and its buffer zone, where households and communities manage private fish ponds supported by the wildlife reserve,” said lead author Divya Bhattrai. of study and researcher in Nepal. University of Agriculture and Forestry. “We also assessed the threats the attackers face in their habitat.”

Koshi Tappu’s survey was conducted during the Nepalese winter, from mid-September to mid-December 2020, when the attackers come out to bask in the sun and are easier to spot. Bhattarai and his team observed 35 attackers, up from 16 recorded in 2013. “The number may have increased as we inspected not only the protected area, but also the private and community ponds in the adjacent buffer zone,” he said. she declared. Of the 35 individuals recorded, 19 were seen in the buffer zone next to community and private fish ponds.

While easy picking at fish farms may attract crocodiles to villages, other factors also keep them away from the river, researchers say. According to the study, the wildlife sanctuary issued 466 permits to indigenous communities to fish in a small stretch of the river. But many license holders have been found to fish more than their allocated quota, and many unlicensed fishers also operate in the area. “Fishermen have told us that their yields have also gone down in recent years,” Bhattarai said.

The researchers also found that the attackers rarely appeared threatened when moving among humans living near their habitats. Their distribution was little affected by human disturbance, distance to human settlements or even roads. “We discovered that one of the communities worshiped the abusers as their primary deity,” Bhattarai said.

This means the attackers have largely been given free rein to roam the fish ponds at any time. For most villagers, this behavior is tolerated to some extent, but when losses reach critical mass, they change their minds, said conservationist Ashish Bashyal, a member of IUCN’s Crocodile Specialist Group, who did not participate in the survey. “Although crocodiles are sometimes called living dinosaurs or living fossils, they are extremely intelligent and can easily learn to find easy prey,” he added.

Fishing in a lake in Nepal. There is conflict over fishery resources between fishing communities and aggressors in the lakes and rivers of Nepal. Image by Neil Palmer/IWMI/Bioversity International via Flickr (CC BY-NC-ND 2.0).

“This has the potential to increase human-crocodile conflict in the region,” said study co-author Santosh Bhattarai.

At the same time, the wildlife sanctuary does not compensate the villagers for their fish eaten by the aggressors. Such programs already exist for livestock killed by tigers and leopards, and for crops damaged by elephants.

Ramesh Kumar Yadav, chief warden of the Koshi Tappu Wildlife Sanctuary, said it was difficult to quantify how many fish an attacker may have eaten from a pond, let alone provide compensation for the loss.

Santosh Bhattarai said it may be too early to draw general conclusions, as longer-term data and in-depth studies are needed to determine the extent of this movement of aggressors away from the Koshi River and towards the fish farms. “But we can say with certainty that it has something to do with the [declining] fish stocks in the river,” he added.

Competition with cousins

Even as aggressors and humans find it increasingly difficult to find fish in the river, another predator has entered the scene, putting even more pressure on an already dwindling resource. In February this year, the Nepalese government released 20 captive-bred gharials (17 females and three males) into the Koshi River. Known for its distinctly slender snout that ends in a comically bulbous nose, the gharial feeds almost exclusively on fish.

“It is a matter of great concern,” said Santosh Bhattarai. “We find that vulnerable aggressors are not getting enough fish. But the authorities have introduced the critically endangered habitat, food and breeding gharials into the river.

A mugger at the edge of a river.
A mugger at the edge of a river. Aggressors now share their habitat in some parts with introduced gharials. Image by Maureen Barlin via Flickr (CC BY-NC-ND 2.0).

A 2018 study of the coexistence of muggers and gharials in India’s Katarniaghat Wildlife Sanctuary, near the border with Nepal, suggests that the two species are good at sharing habitat resources. But the limited availability of fish stocks could strain their relationship, Bhattarai said.

Yadav, the warden of the Koshi Tappu Wildlife Sanctuary, said the gharials were released into the Koshi River to raise awareness about conservation.

“The flagship species of the reserve has until now been the wild water buffalo [Bubalus arnee]. We want more species to be introduced so that the local community understands their value and takes action for the conservation of their habitats such as rivers in the case of gharials,” he said.

But putting aggressors in competition with gharials threatens to push an already vulnerable species closer to the edge, said Santosh Bhattrai. “Making a vulnerable species compete with its critically endangered cousin makes no sense.”

Banner image: Mugger crocodile in Chitwan National Park. Image by Quintus Ragnvaldr via Flickr (CC BY-NC-SA 2.0).

Quotes:

Bhattarai, D., Lamichhane, S., Pandeya, P., Bhattarai, S., Gautam, J., Kandel, RC and Pokheral, CP (2022). Status, distribution and habitat use by the aggressor crocodile (Crocodylus palustris) in and around Koshi Tappu Wildlife Sanctuary, Nepal. Heliyon, 8(8). doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2022.e10235

Choudhary, S., Choudhury, BC and Gopi, GV (2018). Spatio‐temporal partitioning between two sympatric crocodilians (Gavialis gangeticus & Crocodylus palustris) in Katarniaghat Wildlife Sanctuary, India. Aquatic conservation: marine and freshwater ecosystems, 28(5), 1067-1076. doi:10.1002/aqc.2911

Feedback: Use this form to send a message to the author of this message. If you want to post a public comment, you can do so at the bottom of the page.

Animals, Conflict, Conservation, Endangered Species, Environment, Environmental Law, Fish, Fish Farming, Freshwater Animals, Freshwater Ecosystems, Habitat, Habitat Loss, Herps, Human-Wildlife Conflict , Overfishing, Reptiles, Rivers, Wildlife, Wildlife Conservation

To print

$211,000 donation saves $4,600,000 in fuel for the world’s poorest

0

Australian charity Pollinate Group continues to make significant progress in delivering micro-solar energy solutions to impoverished communities beyond our shores; with the help of SolarQuotes.

In rural Nepal, 30% of the country’s households still do not have access to electricity. Across the Indian border, most rural village houses and many urban slums are still without electricity or have no reliable access. The situation means that many families have to resort to kerosene lighting and diesel/petrol generators – expensive, polluting and dangerous.

In 2019, SolarQuotes partnered with the Australian company Pollination group; a charity that supports micro-entrepreneurs in India and Nepal to sell (among other things) affordable, good quality solar lighting systems to some of the poorest people on the planet. Besides clean energy, the female orientation of Pollinate – a more recent pivot – is a very important part of the band’s mission.

“Social norms in India and Nepal are such that it is difficult for women to find work, even for those who want to work… Women also generally have less power when it comes to taking decisions at home, are less educated and less likely to own land. .” said Pollinate.

For every genuine quote request submitted through SolarQuotes since July 2019, SQ founder Finn Peacock has donated $1 to Pollinate Group to support its efforts. Those one-time dollars have really done a lot of good – around $211,000 so far according to a letter received from Pollinate Group last week.

“With your support, we empower inspiring leaders like Laxmi, who lives with her family in Hyderabad. Laxmi funds her children’s education through increased income from the sale of solar lights and sees herself as a an ambassador for clean energy in her community,” states part of the letter.

Laxmi, solar micro-entrepreneur.

“I’ve never felt like a leader before, and it’s the best feeling in the world” – Laxmi, solar micro-entrepreneur.

The major impact of Micro-Solar

Pollinate Group claims that the donations provided by SolarQuotes have:

  • Empowerment of 423 women entrepreneurs.
  • 10,143 solar lamps and other renewable energy products were distributed.
  • 265,453 tonnes of CO2e avoided (estimated over the 5-year lifespan of the products).
  • Positively impacted 56,803 people living in poverty by helping them access education and improve the health of their communities.
  • Communities saved A$4.6 million in reduced fuel costs (estimated over the 5 year life of the products).

Commenting on SolarQuotes’ involvement, Finn says:

“We’ve kept this association fairly low-key, but the SolarQuotes team and I are all incredibly proud of this partnership – and every Aussie who has received a quote through my service shares in their success.”

When we talk about solar installations here on SolarQuotes, we’re usually talking about systems in the kilowatt, megawatt, or even gigawatt range.

“But as Pollinate’s fantastic efforts demonstrate, even a few watts can have a huge, lasting positive impact in people’s lives,” says Finn.

Pollinate Group always welcomes extra support – if you can spare a few dollars; consider a donation.

Asian Development Bank lowers economic growth forecast for Nepal

0

The Asian Development Bank has lowered Nepal’s growth forecast for the current fiscal year as the economy reels from high inflation, sluggish trade and monetary tightening.

The Manila-based bank says Nepal’s economy is expected to grow by 4.7% in the 2022-23 financial year, compared to an estimate of 5.8% in the last financial year.

According to an update from the flagship economic publication Asian Development Outlook 2022, other factors affecting gross domestic product (GDP) growth are rising dengue fever cases in the country’s fragile and strained healthcare system, and global geopolitical unrest that could further dampen growth prospects.

Import control measures have weighed on the country’s economic activities. Even as Nepal’s biggest festivals and festive season are fast approaching, market and consumer confidence is at rock bottom, traders and economists say.

Weak market confidence is weighing on consumption, the main driver of the country’s economic growth.

The World Bank has also painted a bleak picture of Nepal’s economy. According to the budget statement, the government is targeting 8% growth for the current fiscal year, nearly double the World Bank projection.

According to the Nepal Development Update released by the World Bank in April, Nepal’s economy is expected to grow by 4.1% in 2022-23.

“The government’s estimates are still baseless,” said economist Keshav Acharya.

“All the economic indicators except a few are not performing well. A layman can understand which direction Nepal’s economy is heading.”

These are the basics: the credit crisis, high interest rates due to monetary tightening and the underperformance of the stock market and the agricultural sector.

Other indicators fueling weak growth are inflation hitting near double digits, trade restrictions, housing sector under pressure and weak revenue base due to an import ban.

Moreover, the number of tourists has not improved and the government’s investment expenditure is very dismal.

A rebound in tourism in Nepal could be halted by rising dengue fever cases, airline security measures and general and provincial elections scheduled for Nov. 20, insiders say.

After dengue has killed more than a dozen people and infected thousands, the Ministry of Health and Population is preparing to declare a dengue epidemic in the country.

The deadly virus has been registered in 75 of the country’s 77 districts.

Monetary tightening has also become worrisome for the economy.

Nepalese banks have been raising borrowing costs since August in an attempt to calm the economy and dampen price inflation.

The Federation of Nepalese Chambers of Commerce and Industry issued a statement on Thursday criticizing the decision of banks and financial institutions to raise interest rates.

On September 17, most banks announced an interest rate of 12.13% for term deposits.

The federation said the increase in the interest rate on deposits will increase the pressure on the interest rate on loans.

Rising lending rates will impact entrepreneurs and businesses already impacted by Covid-19, followed by external factors, the leading private sector organization has said.

Fears are growing that slowing economic activity and rising interest rates could push the country into recession.

But amid the grim storyline, there are a few bright spots.

The industrial and manufacturing sectors are expected to grow on the back of increased hydropower generation and plant capacity utilization. Provincial and federal elections in November will stimulate spending.

“It is hoped that hydropower generation and spending in the upcoming elections will boost economic growth to some extent. Even then, we don’t expect the economy to grow by more than 5%,” Acharya said. “Economic activities have been practically compressed.”

While the direct impacts of trade and financial exposure to Russia and Ukraine are minimal for countries like Nepal, the fallout from rising commodity prices, higher borrowing costs and weaker external demand are important.

In Nepal, the economic recovery is facing headwinds from accelerating inflation.

“Rising inflationary pressures led to higher interest rates,” Acharya said.

Higher interest rates help fight inflation by increasing the cost of borrowing, thereby encouraging individuals and businesses to borrow less and spend less.

“In a country like Nepal, a rise in interest rates will reduce private sector investment because the profit margin is reduced,” Acharya said. “No one will invest if there is no return.”

The Asian Development Bank says GDP growth is expected to slow, largely reflecting the tight monetary policy needed to stem a rise in imports, a sharp drop in foreign exchange reserves and inflationary pressures.

“Downside risks to growth may stem from tighter policy measures that may be needed to curb imports, which will depress domestic production and consumption, negatively affecting growth,” said Arnaud Cauchois, Asian Development Bank country manager for Nepal.

“A resurgence in Covid-19 infections driving lockdowns, an escalation in dengue fever straining the fragile healthcare system, disasters triggered by natural hazards and geopolitical unrest could further dampen growth prospects.”

The Asian Development Bank said in its update that agricultural growth would likely be boosted by a normal monsoon, but fertilizer shortages could negatively affect paddy production.

The report said growth in services could slow due to a slowdown in real estate activity and wholesale and retail trade, induced by credit control measures and higher interest rates.

But the provincial and federal elections scheduled for November will stimulate spending, supporting GDP growth.

The government’s fiscal policy reflected in the budget speech is somewhat expansionary, focusing on strengthening agriculture, industry, infrastructure and social welfare.

The Asian Development Bank said monetary policy, however, is restrictive, aimed at curbing strong credit growth to contain domestic demand, rising prices and rising imports.

“Nothing works in the economy without price stability,” Acharya said. “Inflation continues to rise steadily. Inflation needs to come down.”

Inflation in Nepal is likely to ease slightly to 6.1% in the current fiscal year, ending in mid-July 2023, from 6.3% in the last fiscal year, held back by tight monetary policy, a normal harvest, somewhat subdued oil prices and modest inflation. decline in India.

The country’s current account deficit is estimated to narrow to 8.1 percent of GDP in the current fiscal year, due to moderation in merchandise imports and stable remittances.

Emigration for overseas employment has accelerated, surpassing pre-pandemic levels. Imports related to Covid-19 will have decreased significantly, and lower oil prices will help lower Nepal’s import bill.

“Import control policy for a long time will hold back the economy, although it is justifiable in the short term,” Acharya said. “The import ban is not a cure.”

Nepal Airlines invites bidders to submit proposals for Chinese aircraft leasing.

0

On September 14, Nepal Airlines, the national carrier of Nepal, issued a bareboat charter notice, inviting domestic and international carriers with a valid Air Operator’s Certificate to submit a sealed proposal for leasing its Chinese aircraft. . After more than two years of grounding its fleet of 17-seat Y12E and 56-seat MA60 planes, the national airline has finally decided to get rid of them and issued a lease notice.

Nepal Airlines (RA) received six Beijing-made planes from 2014, four of which were purchased through concession loans and two were gifts from the Chinese government. The arrival of four Harbin Y112E and two Xian MA60 was to mark the beginning of a new era in Nepalese aviation. Still, the arrays turned out when they became more liabilities than valuable assets. These Chinese-made jets spent more time on the ground than in the air and cost RA more money than they brought in.

Read also : NAC in negotiations with Bhutan Airlines to finalize wet lease agreement

Since these planes were first deployed, they have plunged indebted Nepal Airlines into dire economic straits and vicious debt. Due to a lack of qualified human resources to fly and maintain Chinese planes, lack of spare parts and lack of top performance of the planes, Nepal Airlines has struggled to keep them flying and generate revenue.

File photo of a Y12e aircraft with a Nepalese registration mark parked in Harbin, China.

On March 23, 2020, a Harbin Y12E registered as 9N-AKU lost power in one engine and landed 60 meters from the Nepalgunj airport runway without any human casualties. The plane was carrying five people: three crew members and two medical personnel aboard Nepalgunj when it made a hard landing with one engine. As a result, the aircraft suffered damage and became flightless. The incident triggered the grounding of two types of Chinese aircraft several weeks later.


Questions

.








Currently, three Y12Es and two MA60s are stored in the remote parking bay on the east side of Tribhuvan International Airport and are accumulating rust. Due to failure to follow long-term storage procedures, corrosion began to appear on the metal surfaces and components of the parked aircraft. As aircraft are prone to corrosion, this can cripple the structural integrity of metal aircraft and lead to serious safety hazards.

According to the notice issued by Nepal Airlines, the carrier is now seeking bareboat lease placements for its five Chinese turboprops. Sealed lease proposals for these aircraft must be submitted no later than October 31, 2022. The carrier reserves the right to accept or reject the proposal and will verify the lease term of the Y12Es and MA-60s against the offers received.

Rental rates for five Chinese turboprops

In its RFP, Nepal Airlines mentioned an hourly power rental rate per flight cycle and flight hour in addition to a minimum monthly fixed rental rate for five aircraft on the ground. The minimum monthly rent for the lease is set at:

Aircraft Fixed Monthly Monthly FC Monthly FH

(USD) (USD) (USD)

9N-AKQ 78 097.66 700.88 562.82

9N-AKR 69 890.32 703.93 564.40

9N-AKS 29 416 80.06 119.36

9N-AKT 32 886.08 94.84 141.40

9N-AKV 33 785.01 101.36 151.12

As part of the bareboat charter of the aircraft, Nepal Airlines will also offer a wide range of spare parts and tools, as well as Y12Es and MA60s. The carrier’s website mentions that the five aircraft parked at TIA are available for inspection on an “as is, where is” basis. Eligibility criteria for airlines participating in the bidding process are a valid AOC and at least one aircraft in their internal fleet.

And then ?

The planes’ owner, the Ministry of Finance, gave the flag carrier permission to lease or sell the plane in March 2021. Last year, a change in management saw the decision to reactivate the MA-60 fleet and Y12E. Plagued by senior management instability, the course of action was again abandoned with the 2022 restructuring.

Following the recommendation of the Ministry of Finance to lease or sell the aircraft, Nepal Airlines opts for the first option. In the event of a non-taker, the national airline will continue to sell these aircraft outright.

Regretting the decision

The Y12E twin-engine turboprop and MA60 turboprop were expected to serve the mountainous rural areas of Nepal, but their performance was not up to par. In fact, these planes were not suitable for Nepalese airspace. These planes joined the Nepal Airlines fleet following a government-to-government agreement between Nepal and China. Guided by the greed of the commission, the suitability of the aircraft’s performance to the Nepalese topography and infrastructure was not considered. Neither Chinese planes on the ground nor in the air gave relief to the aircraft carrier. The sooner these inefficient planes are leased, the better for struggling Nepal Airlines.

Study Adelaide: How this state agency helps Nepali students feel comfortable in Australia

0
André Houey. Photo Courtesy: Adelaide Study

As the number of Nepalese students going abroad to study is growing, the country is also one of South Australia’s third-largest source markets for international students. The state saw a 19% increase in the number of international students last year alone. This shows how Adelaide as a destination is growing among Nepalese.

To educate Nepalese who were seeking higher education in Adelaide, Andrew Houey, International Marketing Director of Study Adelaide was recently in Nepal. Prior to joining the organization, Houey was Director of Sales and Marketing at AccorHotels and has extensive experience in the tourism and hospitality industry. Houey leads the international marketing team, which develops and executes a range of campaigns both digital and in key markets.

On this occasion, Onlinekhabar spoke to Houey about Study Adelaide, what students can expect from the city, job opportunities in the city and why Nepalese should choose Adelaide as their destination in Australia.

Excerpts:

Tell us a bit about Study Adelaide. What exactly is it and what can students get out of it?

Study Adelaide is a government organization that promotes Adelaide as a destination for international students. Adelaide itself is the capital of South Australia, a state in Australia. As many people know, Australia has world-class educational facilities and offers Nepali students the opportunity to gain world-class experience at an institution that will launch them into their future careers. In Adelaide, we have created over 155,000 additional jobs to help our growing economy and international students play an important role in this.

Other than that, what other support does Study Adelaide offer international students?

We have three major institutions there. Flinders University, University of Adelaide and University of South Australia (UniSA) all have comprehensive programs that support students throughout their studies. What we do at Study Adelaide is to complement the programs that are offered at these institutions. For example, we organize more than 80 events each year, from cultural celebrations to events on how to find part-time jobs or jobs after graduation and beyond.

Can you highlight some Adelaide USPs that make it stand out among students?

Adelaide is a dynamic capital that offers all the advantages of living in a large capital, with the traffic that inhabits it. For example, we are a very multicultural city and welcome students from over 100 countries. And international students have become an important part of the local community in South Australia.

What could be some of the advantages for international students to choose Adelaide for their studies?

One of the things I’d like to point out is that we have a growing economy and we need over 155,000 additional skilled jobs to fill over the next five years to meet the demand for a growing economy. So one of the things I would like to point out is just the opportunities for students if they are looking for something after they graduate. Adelaide offers many opportunities for these students.

Andrew Houey studies Adelaide
Andrew Houey

You mentioned that Study Adelaide also helps with part-time jobs. How do you do this?

We recently introduced a program called Job Shop which connects South Australian employers who have job opportunities with international students. One of the benefits of the Job Shop program is that the employers themselves have tailored their recruitment process specifically to meet the needs of international students. This gives students the opportunity to apply for jobs even before they land in Adelaide to study.

That’s great. What kind of jobs do you envision then?

One of the employers we work with is Adelaide Venue Management Corporation. They run a range of venues in Adelaide; one of them is the Adelaide Convention Centre. Since we launched Job Shop towards the end of January, the company has employed over 250 international students. There are many opportunities in the hospitality and healthcare sectors.

As you mentioned, South Australia is a growing economy, what would you recommend Nepalese students to study there so that it is easy to get good jobs in the future?

I would love for students to follow their passion. However, I would say that with 155,000 jobs required over the next five years, there are growing industrial sectors where there are opportunities. One particular sector is technology where we have leading global companies like Microsoft, Tesla and Amazon. We have also welcomed companies like Accenture and PWC who are looking to recruit people at this time. Accenture is looking for more than 2,000 people to fill the positions at its Adelaide center. PWC is currently recruiting 300 people to fill its service center in Adelaide.

Does Study Adelaide also offer scholarships as studying there can be quite expensive for many in a country like Nepal?

All of our institutions – Flinders University, University of Adelaide and University of South Australia (UniSA) – offer scholarships. The Australian Government, through the Australian Award program, also offers over 3,000 scholarships each year. So there are plenty of scholarship opportunities for students to study in Australia.

What is Study Adelaide doing for the huge increase in the number of international students coming to the city in the coming years? Is it ready?

Yes. The government has committed resources to help address some of the visa challenges internationals currently face. The other thing I want to highlight is that our partner institutions work very hard to support the application process by working with their education agency.

Any advice for students considering studying in Australia and more specifically in Adelaide?

Australian education is world class. So wherever you want to study, whether you are in Sydney, Melbourne or Adelaide, you will benefit from an excellent education to prepare you for your future career. What I can say about Adelaide is that we offer students the opportunity to gain a world-class education while letting them live in an environment designed for life in a welcoming community for international students and offering career opportunities, both during their studies and afterwards.

Study Adelaide is associated with Shark Tank Nepal. What are your expectations of the show and how do you want the Study Adelaide brand to be incorporated into the show?

Well, it’s only natural that Study Adelaide is a co-sponsor of Shark Tank Nepal. Shark Tank itself is a global phenomenon and highly recognized around the world, including Australia. What we would like to take away from Shark Tank is to highlight the entrepreneurial spirit around Adelaide. We have a vibrant startup ecosystem in Adelaide backed by billions of dollars in government investment. We want to show how huge the startup culture in South Australia is and hope it will inspire many Nepalese.

Best Loans No Credit Check: Top 10 Loan Companies For Payday Loans And Bad Credit Loans With Guaranteed Approval

0


When you urgently need money and you can’t get it anywhere due to your bad credit, the world can seem bleak. Unfortunately, traditional loan providers will rarely accept applicants who don’t have a top notch credit history. So how could you solve your cash-strapped situation?

Here are no credit check loans from brokers with a huge network of online lenders. So, while considering the approval of secured no credit check loans, you need to think about an easy, quick and simple loan to apply for.

To make your search easier, we have included the top 10 loan service agencies that can offer loans without a credit check:

  1. – A trusted broker for extremely bad loans.
  2. – The best small payday loans online without a credit check.
  3. – Get a loan without a credit check.
  4. – The premier broker of a bad credit payday loan.
  5. – Get the best no credit check loans up to $5,000.
  6. – Get lightning-fast payday loan decisions up to $5,000.
  7. – Get out of cash shortage situation after availing cash loans no credit check.
  8. Quick Payday Loans – 100% secure broker to get a quick loan without a credit check.
  9. Loans for bad credit in UK – The best platform for obtaining small loans without a credit check.
  10. Payday Loans UK – Take advantage of UK payday loans up to £5,000.

1.WeLoans – Best Payday Loans No Credit Check Overall

is one of the best resources for getting a payday loan without a credit check. Apart from getting payday loan from this platform, you can try its other services like getting bad credit installment loans, no credit check loans guaranteed by direct lender, cash advances, quick loans and more.

This broker makes it easy to compare rates because it gives users full access to vast networks of online direct lenders. They will never disclose your confidential information to third parties because their lenders are credible and they never pledge your assets.

In case of emergency, they provide instant cash transfers to alleviate that cash crisis situation. However, affordable interest rates are one of the most common reasons to choose this brokerage platform, and it helps you save more on payday loans.

Advantages

  • It uses next-generation encryption technologies.
  • Get up to 97% bad credit payday loans approval rate.
  • The minimum amount a person can borrow is as low as $50.
  • It can provide payday loans without a credit check with a relatively low interest rate.

The inconvenients

  • Not available in all states.

2.CocoLoan – A credible site for a loan without a credit check

When searching for lending places near me without credit check Google will surely show up above the SERP. However, it is a website that helps borrowers connect with veteran lenders ready to disburse personal loans without credit checks.

In case you are in the middle of an emergency, where traditional loan agencies reject your loan application and you are trying to borrow money without a credit check, CocoLoan will be your one stop destination.

Here, more than 100 direct lenders offer a wide variety of loans, such as small loans without credit check, same day loans without credit check, personal loan without credit check, installment loans and more. Getting a no credit loan is no longer a chore as you will be funded immediately after filling in the application form and a quick verification is done.

Advantages

  • 100% online and credible services.
  • Easy to get the best loans without credit check after approval.
  • Different emergency cash options.

The inconvenients

  • You cannot qualify for more than $5,000 in payday loans without credit.

3.US Bad Credit Loans – Most Trusted Bad Credit Payday Loan

bad loans via are perfect for borrowers without credits. You can apply for a loan without a credit check and look for different loan offers for borrowers with many credit profiles. All you have to do is fill in their online application forms and upon approval, you will receive up to $35,000 in personal loans with no credit check.

This platform offers different loan options without credit check, such as installment loans for bad credit, payday loans for no credit checks, short term loans for bad credit and more, with terms of flexible reimbursement.

You must opt ​​for this platform because a direct lender without credit check can disburse different emergency loans, and their loan application fee is free. In a nutshell, in case your bad credit is making your life difficult to get instant finance, you must visit USA loans for bad credit today.

Advantages

  • The loan application process is online and automated.
  • Even a loan without a credit check can be disbursed.
  • It can boost your credit rating.

The inconvenients

  • They are not direct lenders.
  • You can only borrow up to $1,000 if you have a credit score of 500 or less than 500.

Conclusion

Get a bad credit loan can seem difficult at times. But when you have the best loan service agency to avail the best loans online without credit check, you don’t have to worry about a thing.

The above companies have different online direct lenders offering different types of personal loans no credit check without any hassle. The terms and conditions of the above mentioned no credit loan providers may vary. So, you need to research them individually on their services before making a quick decision.

To sum up, choose anyone who seems appropriate to you and meets your requirements. Having a bad credit rating is not the end of everything; instead, you’ll be inundated with countless options when researching places to lend without a credit check. The top 10 platforms mentioned above will help you see through the distinct probabilities available to you and get everything personal loan without credit check while running out of money.

The members of the editorial staff and the press team of the Las Vegas Review-Journal did not participate in the creation of this content.

Fix a broken quota system

0

Despite constitutional provisions in the Civil Service Act that seek to make Nepal’s public sector more inclusive, the quota system, introduced by the Civil Service Commission, has failed to represent marginalized communities. Failure stems from formal structural inequities as well as informal exclusionary practices such as favouritism, corruption and nepotism. The overrepresentation of the Khas-Arya community and the underrepresentation of women and other disadvantaged groups remain major challenges for an inclusive bureaucracy. The failure of the quota system has led many to call for its removal. Despite its apparent flaws, is dropping it a viable solution to the problem of underrepresentation?

The National Inclusion Commission, a constitutional commission aimed at protecting the rights of women, the elderly, ethnic minorities, marginalized groups, people with disabilities, economically poor, farmers and people from backward areas, released a report assessment titled Impact of reservation on existing government services in August of this year. Of the many reasons the report says reflect the flaw in the reservation system, two stand out. Firstly, it points out that the reservation undermines the concept of equality among all persons on grounds of gender and ethnicity/caste, and therefore may not be aligned with Nepal’s constitutional right to equality for all. Second, the reserved seats and services were “hijacked” by the creamy layer of each of the cluster groups. The report points out that the reservation system has encouraged incompetence and symbolism in the Nepalese bureaucracy, leading to an illusion of inclusion.

At first glance, the points raised by this report seem acceptable. It is generally accepted that Nepal’s booking policies require modification and monitoring. However, it is premature to argue for its discontinuation based on the claim that reservations in existing government services only create an illusion of inclusion. It is equally important to recognize and credit the reservation system for the major strides that the Nepalese bureaucracy has made at least towards gender parity, which denotes equal and active participation of women at all levels.

The effectiveness of quotas towards gender parity is reflected in an increase in the total proportion of female civil servants over the past 15 years, which rose steadily from 8% in 2003 to 15% in 2010; and from 18% in 2015 to 23% in 2018. From 2003 to 2016, the number of women civil servants increased from 1 to 7% at the secretary or co-secretary level; 4-5% at under-secretary level; and 6 to 12% at the section officer level. The increase, especially among section officers, shows the positive impact of the reserve in terms of women’s representation at entry points to decision-making positions in Nepal. As such, to equate the commission’s focus on overhauling the currently flawed reservations system with viewing it as a complete failure would be a mistake.

The other side of the coin is the inability of the reservation system to promote proportional representation. The fact remains that less than a quarter of civil servants are women. The disproportionate ethnic representation is reflected in the fact that Khas-Arya women occupy approximately 76% of the total seats reserved for women at all levels of the civil service. In the highest decision-making positions, 88% of female secretaries and co-secretaries (seven out of eight), 90% of under-secretaries (28 out of 31) and 80% of female section officers (2,029 out of 2,459) are Khas-Arya. . Similarly, the fact that the Nepalese civil service is not proportionally representative is also reflected in the drastic disproportionate ethnic composition of the civil service. On the one hand, there is a serious under-representation of certain disadvantaged identities and minority groups. For example, only 0.6% Muslims and 2.5% Dalits are represented in the civil service, while the actual population of Nepal comprises 4.4% Muslims and 12.6% Dalits.

And on the other hand, there is a drastic overrepresentation of certain privileged ethnic groups. For example, the Khas-Arya occupy 88% of the posts at the level of undersecretary and above, even though they represent only 31.2% of the total population. There is a significantly disproportionate representation even within Khas-Arya, where Khas (including Chettri, Thakuri and Sanyasi who make up 19% of the total population) account for 16% of special and official class positions while Arya ( Hill Brahmin) holds a massive 72% of the seats, even though their total population is 12.2%, which is still less than that of the Dalits.

There are certainly flaws in the current reservation system, but the solution to those flaws is not its termination but an evidence-based review. To do this, the review must address issues of inclusion through an intersectional approach. Intersectionality is a framework used to discuss the interconnectedness of intersecting structural identities of race, class, ethnicity, caste, religion, gender, sexuality and the interwoven layers of discrimination or disadvantage across the intertwined system of power and oppression.

No category of the reservation system is homogeneous. Intersectionality allows for reflection on inequalities within each category of the quota system and highlights the need to recognize intersectional complexities to revise and form more nuanced categories based on real realities on the ground. For example, women are not a homogeneous category and treating them as a single entity is an inherent systemic flaw. Similarly, treating other complex structural identities like caste or ethnicity as a homogeneous identity is also problematic.

The problematic assumption of homogeneity manifests itself through the flawed quota system that allowed certain ethnic groups to reap the benefits of reserved seats. For example, Rajput, Kayastha, Yadav and Brahmin-Tarai from the Madheshi group, and Newar from the Adivasi-Janajati groups are currently over-represented. This trend indicates the complexity within each cluster that needs to be better understood so that quotas assigned to such large and often diverse clusters are treated fairly. In addition, other representation issues such as double or even triple marginalization, for example Madheshi Dalit, Muslim women or rural disabled minorities, need to be addressed to strengthen the existing reservation policy.

In a diverse, fundamentally pluralistic but unequal society like Nepal, reservation can serve as a powerful tool for the redistribution of power and access. Booking is a positive first step towards representation; but usually it is not designed to go on forever. An establishment’s ability to successfully exit the reservation system is an indication of its readiness to be truly representative. In this regard, Nepal should endeavor to eventually remove the reservations. However, the country is not even ready to consider abandonment debates yet. It would be of great concern to misinterpret the National Inclusion Commission’s eagerness to exit the reservation system and Nepal’s willingness to do so. At the same time, it also cannot afford to maintain the flawed quota system without a serious, culturally sensitive and nuanced overhaul. An intersectional review of the existing provision is what is crucial to making quotas more effective in ensuring systemic representation and inclusion in Nepal.

The debate on the Manaslu summit is over. Now hundreds of climbers want to reach it.

0
“],”renderIntial”:true,”wordCount”:350}”>

Climbers are flocking to Nepal’s 26,781ft Manaslu this month, and government officials expect significantly larger than normal crowds on the world’s eighth-highest peak.

Nepal’s tourism department has already issued 394 climbing permits for Manaslu, and officials said Outside that they expect the number to soon exceed 400. By contrast, only 193 climbers have applied for permits in 2021.

Guides and officials said Outside that a variety of factors are contributing to the increase in visitation – one is the end of a simmering debate over the location of the mountain’s highest point. For several years, climbers argued over whether Manaslu’s traditional turning point was the summit, or whether its true summit was located on a ridgeline several meters away. Drone photos taken in 2021 show that the traditional turning point (labeled C2 in the photo below) – which for years has been marked with the traditional Nepalese flag and Tibetan prayer flags – is 20 to 25 feet higher low as a point on a crest line beyond. In some years, climbers have also turned back at the place labeled Plateau 2.

Some climbers and guides are adamant they were unaware of a higher point, while researchers believe the mountaineering community simply did not want to venture beyond the ” summit before” due to the increased danger needed to reach the highest point. Climbers must descend from a plateau on an exposed slope, cross the summit, and then ascend to the ridge to reach the true summit.

“We can clearly see a higher peak in every photo taken at the summit,” said climbing researcher Thaneswar Guragai. “It’s not that hard to find.”

The Jackson Grove drone image shows the height disparity between the peak of the ridge and the front peak. (Photo: Jackson Grove/Himalayan Database)

The debate appears to be over and the mountaineering community now agrees that climbers must reach the crest point to complete the ascent. In 2021, mountaineer Mingma Gyalje Sherpa – known as Mingma G – of the guiding company Imagine Nepal Treks, led a team to the real summit, and one of the group, Jackson Grove, took captured and then distributed the drone footage, which clearly shows a difference in height between the two points. Subsequently, the Himalayan Database, a Kathmandu-based group that organizes mountaineering expeditions and is the de facto authority on summits, issued a statement confirming that Manaslu’s turning point would expand to at the ridge.

“The Himalayan Database has decided that from 2022 it will only award the summit to those who reach the highest point shown in the drone photo taken by Jackson Grove,” the statement read. . “This change in accreditation at the top is recommended and supported by the foreign and Nepalese operators we consulted in Kathmandu.”

With the new peak in place, some veteran climbers return to Manaslu to reach the highest point, to confirm their place in mountaineering history. Among the approximately 400 climbers at the summit, there are several climbers who have climbed the 14 peaks that exceed 8,000 meters.

“A number of 14 peak climbers came to scale the peak just to make sure they climb the real peak and maintain their 14 peak fame,” said Pemba Sherpa, founder of guiding company 8K Expedition. “It will be the busiest and busiest season in Manaslu.”

Earlier this summer, German mountaineering researcher Eberhard Jurgalski, who chronicles mountaineering feats on site 8000ers.com, said the disputed summit of Manaslu meant the list of climbers to climb all 14 peaks was much smaller . According to Jurgalski, 53 climbers claim to have reached the peaks of all 14 peaks above 8,000 meters, but only three of them have reached the actual highest points of all the mountains.

Four of the six Nepalese climbers to climb the 14 are expected to climb: Mingma Sherpa, Chhang Dawa Sherpa, Nima Gyalzen Sherpa and Sanu Sherpa. German mountaineer Ralf Dujmovits, who climbed all 14 peaks in 2009, and Spaniard Jorge Egocheaga, who climbed all 14 peaks in 2014, are also back.

Sanu Sherpa, who completed his second ascent of the 14 peaks earlier this year, says he never knew his previous two ascents of Manaslu had in fact stopped short of the summit of the mountain.

“I had no idea what the real peak and pre-peak was until this year when people started questioning my double ascent,” he said. “So I want to go up the peak to reach its true peak.”

On Thursday, a Sherpa team from guide company Elite Exped set ropes at Manaslu’s true high point for the first time in history, which should make it easier for climbers to get there and back. The first ascent of Manaslu was in 1956 – Japanese climbers Toshio Imanishi and Gyalzen Norbu reached the summit before – and 20 years later a joint expedition from Iran and Japan climbed to the highest point. In its statement, the Himalayan Database said it would still honor climbers who reached the points marked Shelf 2, C2 and C3 in the Jackson Grove photo before 2022.

“As we cannot change history, we will note in the database that from 1956 – when the peak was first reached by Toshio Imanishi, Gyaltsen Norbu Sherpa – to 2021, we accepted the three points mentioned above as the top due to a lack of in-depth knowledge,” the organization said.

The Nepalese government, which issues certificates for successful summits, has yet to make an official statement.

Guides and climbers told Outside that other factors contribute to the large crowds on the mountain. The ongoing closure of the Chinese border due to COVID-19 has prevented climbers from accessing 26,864 feet of Cho Oyu and 26,335 feet of Shishapangma, guiding more climbers hoping to an autumn expedition to Manaslu.

“There is no other 8,000 peak to be climbed anywhere else this season,” says Bigyan Koirala of Nepal’s tourism department. “And a more obvious reason is that the number of climbers itself has increased globally and climbers in all mountains, not just Manaslu, have increased.”

Manaslu is also one of the easiest 8,000 meter peaks to climb. Mingma G says climbers often start at Cho Oyu, which is the easiest of the 14 peaks, and then move on to Manaslu.

“We’re getting Cho Oyu traffic this year,” he says. “Manaslu has a success rate of almost 100%, so it’s relatively easy to get started.”

Alongside the new climbers, a handful of mountaineers will try this year to break records on the 14 peaks. Taiwanese climber Grace Tseng and Japanese Naoko Watanabe are too ready to ascend Manaslu to its true summit. The two mountaineers have already climbed 12 of the 14 peaks, including Manaslu. British mountaineer Adriana Brownlee, who wants to become the youngest climber of 14 peaks, is back at Manaslu to re-climb it. She had reached it last year.

Norwegian mountaineer Kristin Harila, who wants to set a record for the fastest ascent of 14 peaks above 8,000m, is also climbing the mountain. This will be his first ascent of the mountain.

With so many climbers aiming for the summit, there is a fear of cramming into the tightest areas of the route. Earlier this year, images of conga lines on K2 quickly spread around the world.

Bigyan said Nepal’s tourism department cannot rule out overcrowding and traffic jams on the mountain due to the larger than normal collection of climbers. The new route to the top can also create crowds. “They say the road to the true summit is not wide enough for a two-way walk,” he said.

But Bigyan said the longer climbing window for Manaslu could reduce crowds.

Some guide companies already offer ways to beat the crowds. Mingma G said Outside that he can take customers on an alternate route down the mountain, if the crowds get too big.

“We will use this alternate route if a crowd becomes likely,” he said. “So I don’t think there will be a jam”